1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 namespace { 132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 133 NotFound, 134 FoundNonType, 135 FoundType 136 }; 137 } // namespace 138 139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 140 /// dependent class. 141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 145 SourceLocation NameLoc, 146 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 147 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 148 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 149 // Look for type decls in base classes. 150 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 152 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 153 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 154 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 155 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 156 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 157 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 158 // templates. 159 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 160 continue; 161 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 162 if (!TD) 163 continue; 164 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 165 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 166 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 167 continue; 168 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 169 } 170 if (BaseRD) { 171 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 172 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 173 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 174 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 175 } 176 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 177 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 178 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 179 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 180 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 181 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 182 break; 183 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 184 break; 185 } 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 190 return FoundTypeDecl; 191 } 192 193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 194 const IdentifierInfo &II, 195 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 196 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 197 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 198 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 200 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 201 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 202 DC = DC->getParent()) { 203 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 204 // templates. 205 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 206 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 207 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 208 } 209 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 210 return ParsedType(); 211 212 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 213 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 214 // lookup during template instantiation. 215 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 216 217 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 218 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 219 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 220 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 221 222 CXXScopeSpec SS; 223 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 224 225 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 226 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 227 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 228 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 229 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 230 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 231 } 232 233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 234 /// return the declaration of that type. 235 /// 236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 242 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 243 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 244 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 245 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 246 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 247 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 248 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 249 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 250 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 251 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 252 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 253 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 254 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 255 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 256 257 if (!LookupCtx) { 258 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 259 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 260 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 261 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 262 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 263 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 264 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 265 // 266 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 267 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 268 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 269 return ParsedType(); 270 271 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 272 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 273 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 274 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 275 276 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 277 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 278 II, NameLoc); 279 return ParsedType::make(T); 280 } 281 282 return ParsedType(); 283 } 284 285 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 286 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 287 return ParsedType(); 288 } 289 290 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 291 // lookup for class-names. 292 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 293 LookupOrdinaryName; 294 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 295 if (LookupCtx) { 296 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 297 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 298 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 299 // nested-name-specifier. 300 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 301 302 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 303 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 304 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 305 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 306 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 307 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 308 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 309 LookupName(Result, S); 310 } 311 } else { 312 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 313 LookupName(Result, S); 314 315 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 316 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 317 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 318 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 319 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 320 return TypeInBase; 321 } 322 } 323 324 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 325 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 326 case LookupResult::NotFound: 327 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 328 if (CorrectedII) { 329 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 330 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 331 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 332 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 333 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 334 TemplateTy Template; 335 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 336 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 337 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 338 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 339 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 340 if (SS && NNS) { 341 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 342 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 343 } 344 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 345 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 346 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 347 // is handled elsewhere). 348 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 349 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 350 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 351 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 352 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 353 IsCtorOrDtorName, 354 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 355 if (Ty) { 356 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 357 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 358 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 359 if (SS && NNS) 360 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 361 *CorrectedII = NewII; 362 return Ty; 363 } 364 } 365 } 366 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 367 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 368 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 369 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 370 return ParsedType(); 371 372 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 373 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 374 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 375 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 376 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 377 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 378 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 379 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 380 return ParsedType(); 381 } 382 383 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 384 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 385 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 386 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 387 if (!IIDecl || 388 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 389 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 390 IIDecl = *Res; 391 } 392 } 393 394 if (!IIDecl) { 395 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 396 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 397 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 398 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 399 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 400 // a type name. 401 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 402 return ParsedType(); 403 } 404 405 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 406 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 407 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 408 // perform the name lookup again. 409 break; 410 411 case LookupResult::Found: 412 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 413 break; 414 } 415 416 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 417 418 QualType T; 419 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 420 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 421 422 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 423 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 424 425 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 426 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 427 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 428 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 429 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 430 // Construct a type with type-source information. 431 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 432 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 433 434 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 435 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 436 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 437 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 438 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 439 } else { 440 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 441 } 442 } 443 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 444 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 445 if (!HasTrailingDot) 446 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 447 } 448 449 if (T.isNull()) { 450 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 451 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 452 return ParsedType(); 453 } 454 return ParsedType::make(T); 455 } 456 457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 458 static NestedNameSpecifier * 459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 460 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 461 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 462 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 463 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 464 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 465 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 466 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 467 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 468 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 469 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 470 } 471 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 472 } 473 474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 475 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 476 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 477 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 478 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 479 480 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 481 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 482 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 483 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 484 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 485 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 486 487 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 488 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 489 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 490 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 491 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 492 493 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 494 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 495 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 496 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 497 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 498 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 499 } 500 501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 507 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 508 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 509 LookupName(R, S, false); 510 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 511 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 512 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 514 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 515 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 516 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 517 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 518 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 519 } 520 } 521 522 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 523 } 524 525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 529 /// @code 530 /// template<class T> class A { 531 /// public: 532 /// typedef int TYPE; 533 /// }; 534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 535 /// public: 536 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 537 /// }; 538 /// @endcode 539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 540 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 541 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 542 return true; 543 544 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 545 546 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 547 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 548 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 549 return true; 550 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 551 } 552 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 553 } 554 555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 556 SourceLocation IILoc, 557 Scope *S, 558 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 559 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 560 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 561 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 562 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 563 564 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 565 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 566 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 567 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 568 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 569 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 570 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 571 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 572 // We corrected to a keyword. 573 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 574 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 575 } else { 576 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 577 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 578 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 579 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 580 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 581 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 582 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 583 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 584 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 585 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 586 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 587 } else { 588 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 589 } 590 591 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 592 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 593 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 594 SourceRange(IILoc)); 595 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 596 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 597 false, ParsedType(), 598 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 599 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 600 } 601 return; 602 } 603 604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 605 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 606 UnqualifiedId Name; 607 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 608 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 609 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 610 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 611 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 612 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 613 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 614 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 615 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 616 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 617 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 618 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 619 } 620 return; 621 } 622 } 623 624 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 625 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 626 627 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 628 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 629 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 630 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 631 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 632 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 633 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 634 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 635 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 636 637 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 638 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 639 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 641 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 642 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 643 } else { 644 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 645 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 646 } 647 } 648 649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 650 /// or 651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 652 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 653 NextToken.is(tok::less); 654 655 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 656 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 657 return true; 658 659 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 660 return true; 661 } 662 663 return false; 664 } 665 666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 667 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 668 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 669 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 671 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 672 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 673 StringRef FixItTagName; 674 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 675 case TTK_Class: 676 FixItTagName = "class "; 677 break; 678 679 case TTK_Enum: 680 FixItTagName = "enum "; 681 break; 682 683 case TTK_Struct: 684 FixItTagName = "struct "; 685 break; 686 687 case TTK_Interface: 688 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 689 break; 690 691 case TTK_Union: 692 FixItTagName = "union "; 693 break; 694 } 695 696 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 697 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 698 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 700 701 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 702 I != IEnd; ++I) 703 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 704 << Name << TagName; 705 706 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 707 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 708 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 709 return true; 710 } 711 712 return false; 713 } 714 715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 717 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 718 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 719 720 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 721 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 722 723 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 724 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 725 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 726 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 727 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 728 } 729 730 Sema::NameClassification 731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 732 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 733 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 734 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 735 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 736 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 737 738 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 739 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 740 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 741 } 742 743 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 744 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 745 746 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 747 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 748 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 749 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 750 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 751 return TypeInBase; 752 } 753 754 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 755 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 756 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 757 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 758 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 759 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 760 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 761 return E; 762 } 763 764 bool SecondTry = false; 765 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 766 767 Corrected: 768 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 769 case LookupResult::NotFound: 770 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 771 // call. 772 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 773 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 774 // FIXME: Reference? 775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 776 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 777 778 // C90 6.3.2.2: 779 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 780 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 781 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 782 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 783 // the function call, the declaration 784 // 785 // extern int identifier (); 786 // 787 // appeared. 788 // 789 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 790 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 791 Result.addDecl(D); 792 Result.resolveKind(); 793 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 794 } 795 } 796 797 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 798 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 799 // "struct", or "union". 800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 801 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 802 break; 803 } 804 805 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 806 // close to this name. 807 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 808 SecondTry = true; 809 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 810 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 811 &SS, std::move(CCC), 812 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 813 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 814 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 815 816 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 817 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 818 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 820 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 821 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 822 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 823 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 824 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 827 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 828 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 829 } 830 831 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 832 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 833 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 834 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 835 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 836 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 837 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 838 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 839 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 840 } 841 842 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 843 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 844 845 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 846 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 847 return Name; 848 849 // Also update the LookupResult... 850 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 851 Result.clear(); 852 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 853 if (FirstDecl) 854 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 855 856 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 857 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 858 // reference the ivar. 859 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 860 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 861 Result.clear(); 862 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 863 return E; 864 } 865 866 goto Corrected; 867 } 868 } 869 870 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 871 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 872 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 873 874 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 875 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 876 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 877 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 878 879 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 880 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 881 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 882 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 883 // qualified by the keyword typename. 884 // 885 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 886 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 887 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 888 // keyword here. 889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 890 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 891 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 892 } 893 894 case LookupResult::Found: 895 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 896 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 897 break; 898 899 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 902 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 903 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 904 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 905 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 906 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 907 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 908 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 909 // ambiguous. 910 // 911 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 912 // so try again after filtering out template names. 913 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 914 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 915 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 916 break; 917 } 918 } 919 920 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 921 return NameClassification::Error(); 922 } 923 924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 925 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 926 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 927 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 928 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 929 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 930 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 931 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 932 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 933 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 934 935 if (!Result.empty()) { 936 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 937 bool IsVarTemplate; 938 TemplateName Template; 939 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 940 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 941 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 942 Result.end()); 943 } else { 944 TemplateDecl *TD 945 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 946 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 949 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 950 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 951 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 952 TD); 953 else 954 Template = TemplateName(TD); 955 } 956 957 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 958 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 959 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 960 // to based on which function we selected. 961 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 962 963 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 964 } 965 966 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 967 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 968 } 969 } 970 971 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 972 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 973 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 974 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 975 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 977 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 978 return ParsedType::make(T); 979 } 980 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 982 if (!Class) { 983 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 984 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 985 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 986 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 987 } 988 989 if (Class) { 990 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 991 992 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 993 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 994 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 995 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 996 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 997 } 998 999 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1000 return ParsedType::make(T); 1001 } 1002 1003 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1004 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1005 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1006 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1007 1008 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1009 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1010 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1011 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1012 (NextIsOp && 1013 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1014 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1015 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1018 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1019 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1020 return ParsedType::make(T); 1021 } 1022 1023 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1024 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1025 nullptr); 1026 1027 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1028 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1032 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1035 1036 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1037 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1038 // the context we'll need to return to. 1039 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1040 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1041 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1042 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1043 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1044 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1045 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1046 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1047 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1049 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1050 1051 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1052 // lexical context. 1053 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1054 return DC; 1055 1056 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1057 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1058 // class is the context we need to return to. 1059 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1060 DC = RD; 1061 1062 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1063 // declared in. 1064 return DC; 1065 } 1066 1067 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1068 } 1069 1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1071 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1078 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1079 1080 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1081 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1082 } 1083 1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1085 Decl *D) { 1086 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1087 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1088 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1089 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1090 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1091 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1092 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1093 return Result; 1094 } 1095 1096 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1097 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1098 } 1099 1100 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1101 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1102 /// 1103 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1104 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1105 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1106 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1107 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1108 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1109 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1110 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1111 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1112 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1113 // namespace. 1114 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1115 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1116 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1117 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1118 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1119 1120 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1121 1122 #ifndef NDEBUG 1123 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1124 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1125 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1126 #endif 1127 1128 CurContext = DC; 1129 S->setEntity(DC); 1130 } 1131 1132 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1133 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1134 1135 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1136 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1137 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1138 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1139 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1140 1141 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1142 // disappear. 1143 } 1144 1145 1146 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1147 // We assume that the caller has already called 1148 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1149 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1150 if (!FD) 1151 return; 1152 1153 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1154 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1155 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1156 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1157 CurContext = FD; 1158 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1159 1160 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1161 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1162 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1163 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1164 S->AddDecl(Param); 1165 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1166 } 1167 } 1168 } 1169 1170 1171 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1172 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1173 // rather than the top-level class. 1174 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1175 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1176 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1177 } 1178 1179 1180 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1181 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1182 /// 1183 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1184 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1185 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1186 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1187 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1188 /// attribute. 1189 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1190 ASTContext &Context) { 1191 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1192 return true; 1193 1194 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1195 return true; 1196 1197 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1198 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1199 } 1200 1201 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1202 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1203 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1204 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1205 // scope. 1206 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1207 S = S->getParent(); 1208 1209 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1210 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1211 // into any context. 1212 if (AddToContext) 1213 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1214 1215 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1216 // are function-local declarations. 1217 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1218 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1219 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1220 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1221 return; 1222 1223 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1224 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1225 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1226 return; 1227 1228 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1229 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1230 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1231 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1232 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1233 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1234 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1235 1236 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1237 break; 1238 } 1239 } 1240 1241 S->AddDecl(D); 1242 1243 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1244 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1245 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1246 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1247 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1248 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1249 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1250 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1251 continue; 1252 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1253 break; 1254 } 1255 1256 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1257 } else { 1258 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1259 } 1260 } 1261 1262 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1263 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1264 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1265 } 1266 1267 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1268 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1269 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1270 } 1271 1272 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1273 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1274 do { 1275 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1276 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1277 return S; 1278 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1279 1280 return nullptr; 1281 } 1282 1283 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1284 DeclContext*, 1285 ASTContext&); 1286 1287 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1288 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1289 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1290 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1291 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1292 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1293 while (F.hasNext()) { 1294 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1295 1296 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1297 continue; 1298 1299 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1300 continue; 1301 1302 F.erase(); 1303 } 1304 1305 F.done(); 1306 } 1307 1308 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1309 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1310 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1311 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1312 } 1313 1314 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1315 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1316 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1317 while (F.hasNext()) 1318 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1319 F.erase(); 1320 1321 F.done(); 1322 } 1323 1324 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1325 /// @code 1326 /// class S { 1327 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1328 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1329 /// }; 1330 /// @endcode 1331 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1332 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1333 // the decl here. 1334 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1335 return false; 1336 1337 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1338 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1339 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1340 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1341 return false; 1342 } 1343 1344 // We need this to handle 1345 // 1346 // typedef struct { 1347 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1348 // } A; 1349 // 1350 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1351 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1352 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1353 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1354 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1355 // not. 1356 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1357 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1358 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1359 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1360 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1361 return true; 1362 } 1363 DC = DC->getParent(); 1364 } 1365 1366 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1367 } 1368 1369 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1370 // these semantics. 1371 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1372 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1373 return false; 1374 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1375 } 1376 1377 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1378 assert(D); 1379 1380 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1381 return false; 1382 1383 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1384 // of members of class templates. 1385 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1386 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1387 return false; 1388 1389 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1390 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1391 return false; 1392 1393 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1394 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1395 return false; 1396 } else { 1397 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1398 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1399 return false; 1400 } 1401 1402 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1403 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1404 return false; 1405 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1406 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1407 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1408 // like "inline".) 1409 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1410 return false; 1411 1412 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1413 return false; 1414 1415 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1416 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1417 return false; 1418 } else { 1419 return false; 1420 } 1421 1422 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1423 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1424 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1425 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1426 } 1427 1428 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1429 if (!D) 1430 return; 1431 1432 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1433 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1434 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1435 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1436 } 1437 1438 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1439 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1440 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1441 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1442 } 1443 1444 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1445 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1446 } 1447 1448 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1449 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1450 return false; 1451 1452 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1453 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1454 return false; 1455 1456 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1457 return true; 1458 1459 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1460 // functions. 1461 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1462 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1463 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1464 WithinFunction = 1465 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1466 if (!WithinFunction) 1467 return false; 1468 1469 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1470 return true; 1471 1472 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1473 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1474 return false; 1475 1476 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1477 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1478 1479 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1480 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1481 1482 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1483 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1484 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1485 return false; 1486 } 1487 1488 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1489 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1490 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1491 return false; 1492 1493 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1494 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1495 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1496 return false; 1497 1498 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1499 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1500 return false; 1501 1502 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1503 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1504 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1505 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1506 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1507 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1508 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1509 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1510 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1511 return false; 1512 } 1513 } 1514 } 1515 } 1516 1517 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1518 } 1519 1520 return true; 1521 } 1522 1523 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1524 FixItHint &Hint) { 1525 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1526 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1527 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1528 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1529 return; 1530 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1531 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1532 } 1533 return; 1534 } 1535 1536 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1537 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1538 return; 1539 1540 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1541 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1542 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1543 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1544 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1545 } 1546 } 1547 1548 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1549 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1550 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1551 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1552 return; 1553 1554 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1555 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1556 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1557 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1558 return; 1559 } 1560 1561 FixItHint Hint; 1562 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1563 1564 unsigned DiagID; 1565 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1566 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1567 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1568 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1569 else 1570 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1571 1572 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1573 } 1574 1575 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1576 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1577 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1578 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1579 // MS inline assembly label name. 1580 bool Diagnose = false; 1581 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1582 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1583 else 1584 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1585 if (Diagnose) 1586 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1587 } 1588 1589 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1590 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1591 1592 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1593 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1594 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1595 1596 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1597 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1598 1599 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1600 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1601 1602 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1603 1604 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1605 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1606 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1607 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1608 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1609 } 1610 1611 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1612 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1613 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1614 1615 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1616 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1617 } 1618 } 1619 1620 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1621 /// 1622 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1623 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1624 /// to the fixed name. 1625 /// 1626 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1627 /// 1628 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1629 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1630 /// 1631 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1632 /// class could not be found. 1633 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1634 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1635 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1636 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1637 // creation from this context. 1638 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1639 1640 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1641 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1642 // find an Objective-C class name. 1643 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1644 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1645 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1646 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1647 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1648 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1649 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1650 } 1651 } 1652 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1653 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1654 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1655 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1656 return Def; 1657 } 1658 1659 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1660 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1661 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1662 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1663 /// ill-formed in C++: 1664 /// @code 1665 /// struct S6 { 1666 /// enum { BAR } e; 1667 /// }; 1668 /// 1669 /// void test_S6() { 1670 /// struct S6 a; 1671 /// a.e = BAR; 1672 /// } 1673 /// @endcode 1674 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1675 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1676 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1677 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1678 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1679 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1680 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1681 /// contain non-field names. 1682 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1683 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1684 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1685 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1686 S = S->getParent(); 1687 return S; 1688 } 1689 1690 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1691 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1692 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1693 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1694 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1695 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1696 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1697 return; 1698 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1699 1700 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1701 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1702 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1703 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1704 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1705 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1706 } 1707 1708 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1709 switch (Error) { 1710 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1711 return ""; 1712 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1713 return "stdio.h"; 1714 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1715 return "setjmp.h"; 1716 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1717 return "ucontext.h"; 1718 } 1719 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1720 } 1721 1722 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1723 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1724 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1725 /// built-in. 1726 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1727 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1728 SourceLocation Loc) { 1729 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1730 1731 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1732 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1733 if (Error) { 1734 if (ForRedeclaration) 1735 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1736 << getHeaderName(Error) 1737 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1738 return nullptr; 1739 } 1740 1741 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1742 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1743 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID) 1744 << R; 1745 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1746 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1747 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1748 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1749 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1750 } 1751 1752 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1754 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1755 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1756 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1757 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1758 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1759 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1760 } 1761 1762 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1763 Parent, 1764 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1765 SC_Extern, 1766 false, 1767 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1768 New->setImplicit(); 1769 1770 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1771 // FunctionDecl. 1772 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1773 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1774 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1775 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1776 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1777 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1778 SC_None, nullptr); 1779 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1780 Params.push_back(parm); 1781 } 1782 New->setParams(Params); 1783 } 1784 1785 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1786 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1787 1788 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1789 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1790 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1791 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1792 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1793 CurContext = Parent; 1794 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1795 CurContext = SavedContext; 1796 return New; 1797 } 1798 1799 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1800 /// entity if their types are the same. 1801 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1802 /// isSameEntity. 1803 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1804 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1805 LookupResult &Previous) { 1806 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1807 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1808 return; 1809 1810 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1811 if (Previous.empty()) 1812 return; 1813 1814 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1815 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1816 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1817 1818 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1819 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1820 continue; 1821 1822 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1823 // different linkages. 1824 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1825 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1826 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1827 continue; 1828 1829 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1830 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1831 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1832 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1833 continue; 1834 } 1835 1836 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1837 Filter.erase(); 1838 } 1839 1840 Filter.done(); 1841 } 1842 1843 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1844 QualType OldType; 1845 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1846 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1847 else 1848 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1849 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1850 1851 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1852 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1853 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1854 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1855 << Kind << NewType; 1856 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1857 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1858 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1859 return true; 1860 } 1861 1862 if (OldType != NewType && 1863 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1864 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1865 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1866 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1867 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1868 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1869 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1870 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1871 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1872 return true; 1873 } 1874 return false; 1875 } 1876 1877 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1878 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1879 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1880 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1881 /// 1882 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1883 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1884 // merging checks. 1885 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1886 1887 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1888 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1889 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1890 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1891 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1892 default: break; 1893 case 2: 1894 { 1895 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1896 break; 1897 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1898 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1899 break; 1900 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1901 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1902 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1903 break; 1904 } 1905 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1906 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1907 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1908 return; 1909 } 1910 case 5: 1911 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1912 break; 1913 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1914 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1915 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1916 return; 1917 case 3: 1918 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1919 break; 1920 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1921 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1922 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1923 return; 1924 } 1925 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1926 } 1927 1928 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1929 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1930 if (!Old) { 1931 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1932 << New->getDeclName(); 1933 1934 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1935 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1936 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1937 1938 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1939 } 1940 1941 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1942 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1943 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1944 1945 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1946 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1947 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1948 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1949 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1950 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1951 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1952 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1953 // instead of our tag. 1954 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1955 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1956 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1957 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1958 else 1959 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1960 1961 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1962 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1963 } 1964 } 1965 1966 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1967 // with any extensions enabled. 1968 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1969 return; 1970 1971 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1972 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1973 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1974 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1975 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1976 } 1977 1978 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1979 return; 1980 1981 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1982 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1983 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1984 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1985 // to the type to which it already refers. 1986 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1987 return; 1988 1989 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1990 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1991 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1992 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1993 // 1994 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1995 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1996 // 1997 // struct S { 1998 // typedef struct A { } A; 1999 // }; 2000 // 2001 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2002 // allow the above but disallow 2003 // 2004 // struct S { 2005 // typedef int I; 2006 // typedef int I; 2007 // }; 2008 // 2009 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2010 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2011 return; 2012 2013 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2014 << New->getDeclName(); 2015 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2016 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2017 } 2018 2019 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2020 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2021 return; 2022 2023 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2024 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2025 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2026 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2027 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2028 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2029 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2030 return; 2031 2032 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2033 << New->getDeclName(); 2034 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2035 } 2036 2037 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2038 /// attribute. 2039 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2040 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2041 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2042 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2043 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2044 if (Ann) { 2045 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2046 return true; 2047 continue; 2048 } 2049 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2050 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2051 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2052 return true; 2053 } 2054 2055 return false; 2056 } 2057 2058 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2059 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2060 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2061 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2062 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2063 return true; 2064 } 2065 2066 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2067 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2068 /// 2069 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2070 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2071 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2072 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2073 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2074 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2075 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2076 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2077 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2078 // in a case like: 2079 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2080 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2081 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2082 // definition in such a case. 2083 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2084 return false; 2085 2086 if (I->isAlignas()) 2087 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2088 2089 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2090 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2091 OldAlign = Align; 2092 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2093 } 2094 } 2095 2096 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2097 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2098 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2099 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2100 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2101 return false; 2102 2103 if (I->isAlignas()) 2104 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2105 2106 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2107 if (Align > NewAlign) 2108 NewAlign = Align; 2109 } 2110 2111 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2112 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2113 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2114 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2115 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2116 2117 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2118 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2119 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2120 QualType Ty; 2121 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2122 Ty = VD->getType(); 2123 else 2124 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2125 2126 if (OldAlign == 0) 2127 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2128 if (NewAlign == 0) 2129 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2130 } 2131 2132 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2133 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2134 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2135 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2136 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2137 } 2138 } 2139 2140 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2141 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2142 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2143 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2144 // equivalent alignment. 2145 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2146 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2147 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2148 // have no alignment specifier. 2149 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2150 << OldAlignasAttr; 2151 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2152 << OldAlignasAttr; 2153 } 2154 2155 bool AnyAdded = false; 2156 2157 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2158 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2159 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2160 Clone->setInherited(true); 2161 New->addAttr(Clone); 2162 AnyAdded = true; 2163 } 2164 2165 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2166 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2167 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2168 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2169 Clone->setInherited(true); 2170 New->addAttr(Clone); 2171 AnyAdded = true; 2172 } 2173 2174 return AnyAdded; 2175 } 2176 2177 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2178 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2179 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2180 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2181 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2182 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2183 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2184 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2185 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2186 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2187 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2188 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2189 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2190 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2191 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2192 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2193 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2194 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2195 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2196 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2197 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2198 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2199 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2200 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2201 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2202 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2203 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2204 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2205 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2206 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2207 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2208 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2209 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2210 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2211 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2212 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2213 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2214 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2215 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2216 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2217 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2218 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2219 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2220 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2221 NewAttr = nullptr; 2222 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2223 NewAttr = nullptr; 2224 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2225 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2226 2227 if (NewAttr) { 2228 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2229 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2230 return true; 2231 } 2232 2233 return false; 2234 } 2235 2236 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2237 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2238 return TD->getDefinition(); 2239 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2240 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2241 if (Def) 2242 return Def; 2243 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2244 } 2245 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2246 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2247 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2248 return Def; 2249 } 2250 return nullptr; 2251 } 2252 2253 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2254 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2255 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2256 return true; 2257 return false; 2258 } 2259 2260 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2261 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2262 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2263 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2264 return; 2265 2266 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2267 if (!Def || Def == New) 2268 return; 2269 2270 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2271 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2272 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2273 2274 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2275 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2276 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2277 else { 2278 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2279 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2280 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2281 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2282 : diag::err_redefinition; 2283 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2284 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2285 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2286 } 2287 ++I; 2288 continue; 2289 } 2290 2291 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2292 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2293 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2294 ++I; 2295 continue; 2296 } 2297 } 2298 2299 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2300 ++I; 2301 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2302 } 2303 2304 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2305 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2306 ++I; 2307 continue; 2308 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2309 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2310 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2311 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2312 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2313 // equivalent alignment. 2314 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2315 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2316 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2317 // have no alignment specifier. 2318 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2319 << AA; 2320 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2321 << AA; 2322 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2323 --E; 2324 continue; 2325 } 2326 } 2327 2328 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2329 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2330 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2331 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2332 --E; 2333 } 2334 } 2335 2336 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2337 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2338 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2339 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2340 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2341 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2342 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2343 } 2344 2345 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2346 return; 2347 2348 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2349 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2350 2351 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2352 return; 2353 2354 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2355 2356 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2357 // we process them. 2358 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2359 2360 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2361 bool Override = false; 2362 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2363 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2364 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2365 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2366 switch (AMK) { 2367 case AMK_None: 2368 continue; 2369 2370 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2371 break; 2372 2373 case AMK_Override: 2374 Override = true; 2375 break; 2376 } 2377 } 2378 2379 // Already handled. 2380 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2381 continue; 2382 2383 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2384 foundAny = true; 2385 } 2386 2387 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2388 foundAny = true; 2389 2390 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2391 } 2392 2393 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2394 /// to the new one. 2395 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2396 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2397 Sema &S) { 2398 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2399 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2400 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2401 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2402 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2403 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2404 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2405 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2406 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2407 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2408 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2409 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2410 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2411 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2412 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2413 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2414 } 2415 2416 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2417 return; 2418 2419 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2420 2421 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2422 // done before we process them. 2423 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2424 2425 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2426 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2427 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2428 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2429 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2430 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2431 foundAny = true; 2432 } 2433 } 2434 2435 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2436 } 2437 2438 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2439 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2440 Sema &S) { 2441 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2442 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2443 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2444 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2445 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2446 *Newnullability, 2447 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2448 != 0)) 2449 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2450 *Oldnullability, 2451 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2452 != 0)); 2453 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2454 } 2455 } else { 2456 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2457 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2458 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2459 NewT, NewT); 2460 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2461 } 2462 } 2463 } 2464 2465 namespace { 2466 2467 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2468 /// C. 2469 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2470 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2471 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2472 QualType PromotedType; 2473 }; 2474 2475 } 2476 2477 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2478 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2479 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2480 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2481 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2482 2483 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2484 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2485 2486 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2487 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2488 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2489 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2490 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2491 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2492 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2493 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2494 } 2495 2496 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2497 } 2498 2499 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2500 // declaration, or a declaration. 2501 template <typename T> 2502 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2503 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2504 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2505 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2506 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2507 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2508 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2509 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2510 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2511 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2512 } else 2513 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2514 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2515 } 2516 2517 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2518 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2519 /// GNU89 mode. 2520 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2521 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2522 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2523 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2524 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2525 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2526 } 2527 2528 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2529 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2530 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2531 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2532 return AT; 2533 } 2534 2535 template <typename T> 2536 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2537 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2538 if (DC->isRecord()) 2539 return false; 2540 2541 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2542 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2543 return true; 2544 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2545 return true; 2546 return false; 2547 } 2548 2549 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2550 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2551 2552 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2553 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2554 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2555 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2556 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2557 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2558 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2559 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2560 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2561 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2562 // and function templates; or 2563 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2564 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2565 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2566 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2567 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2568 2569 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2570 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2571 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2572 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2573 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2574 2575 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2576 if (Old && 2577 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2578 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2579 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2580 Old = nullptr; 2581 2582 if (!Old) { 2583 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2584 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2585 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2586 return true; 2587 } 2588 return false; 2589 } 2590 2591 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2592 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2593 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2594 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2595 /// 2596 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2597 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2598 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2599 /// merged with. 2600 /// 2601 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2602 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2603 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2604 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2605 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2606 if (!Old) { 2607 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2608 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2609 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2610 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2611 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2612 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2613 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2614 return true; 2615 } 2616 2617 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2618 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2619 return true; 2620 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2621 } else { 2622 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2623 << New->getDeclName(); 2624 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2625 return true; 2626 } 2627 } 2628 2629 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2630 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2631 return true; 2632 2633 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2634 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2635 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2636 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2637 2638 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2639 // is an extern inline function. 2640 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2641 // storage classes. 2642 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2643 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2644 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2645 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2646 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2647 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2648 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2649 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2650 } else { 2651 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2652 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2653 return true; 2654 } 2655 } 2656 2657 2658 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2659 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2660 // convention of the first. 2661 // 2662 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2663 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2664 // 2665 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2666 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2667 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2668 // 2669 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2670 // other tests to run. 2671 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2672 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2673 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2674 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2675 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2676 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2677 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2678 2679 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2680 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2681 const FunctionType *FT = 2682 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2683 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2684 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2685 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2686 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2687 // there but not here. 2688 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2689 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2690 } else { 2691 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2692 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2693 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2694 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2695 << !FirstCCExplicit 2696 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2697 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2698 2699 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2700 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2701 return true; 2702 } 2703 } 2704 2705 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2706 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2707 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2708 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2709 } 2710 2711 // Merge regparm attribute. 2712 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2713 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2714 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2715 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2716 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2717 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2718 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2719 return true; 2720 } 2721 2722 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2723 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2724 } 2725 2726 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2727 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2728 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2729 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2730 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2731 return true; 2732 } 2733 2734 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2735 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2736 } 2737 2738 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2739 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2740 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2741 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2742 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2743 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2744 } 2745 2746 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2747 // UndefinedButUsed. 2748 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2749 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2750 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2751 Old->isUsed(false) && 2752 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2753 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2754 SourceLocation())); 2755 2756 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2757 // about it. 2758 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2759 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2760 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2761 } 2762 2763 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2764 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2765 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2766 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2767 // cannot be overloaded. 2768 2769 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2770 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2771 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2772 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2773 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2774 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2775 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2776 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2777 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2778 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2779 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2780 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2781 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2782 QualType ResQT; 2783 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2784 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2785 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2786 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2787 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2788 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2789 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2790 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2791 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2792 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2793 else 2794 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2795 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2796 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2797 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2798 return true; 2799 } 2800 else 2801 NewQType = ResQT; 2802 } 2803 2804 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2805 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2806 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2807 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2808 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2809 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2810 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2811 New->setType( 2812 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2813 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2814 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2815 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2816 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2817 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2818 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2819 } 2820 } 2821 2822 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2823 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2824 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2825 // Preserve triviality. 2826 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2827 2828 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2829 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2830 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2831 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2832 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2833 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2834 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2835 2836 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2837 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2838 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2839 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2840 // is a static member function declaration. 2841 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2842 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2843 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2844 return true; 2845 } 2846 2847 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2848 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2849 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2850 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2851 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2852 unsigned NewDiag; 2853 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2854 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2855 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2856 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2857 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2858 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2859 else 2860 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2861 2862 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2863 } else { 2864 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2865 << New << New->getType(); 2866 } 2867 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2868 return true; 2869 2870 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2871 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2872 // 2873 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2874 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2875 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2876 if (isFriend) { 2877 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2878 } else { 2879 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2880 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2881 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2882 return true; 2883 } 2884 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2885 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2886 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2887 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2888 return true; 2889 } 2890 } 2891 2892 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2893 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2894 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2895 // attribute. 2896 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2897 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2898 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2899 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2900 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2901 } 2902 2903 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2904 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2905 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2906 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2907 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2908 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2909 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2910 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2911 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2912 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2913 } 2914 2915 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2916 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2917 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2918 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2919 2920 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2921 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2922 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2923 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2924 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2925 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2926 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2927 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2928 } 2929 2930 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2931 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2932 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2933 // 2934 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2935 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2936 // linkage within class scope. 2937 // 2938 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2939 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2940 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2941 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2942 } else { 2943 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2944 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2945 return true; 2946 } 2947 } 2948 2949 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2950 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2951 2952 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2953 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2954 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2955 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2956 // when we instantiate the function. 2957 return false; 2958 } 2959 2960 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2961 } 2962 2963 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2964 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2965 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2966 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2967 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2968 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2969 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2970 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2971 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2972 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2973 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2974 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2975 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2976 NewQType = 2977 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2978 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2979 New->setType(NewQType); 2980 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2981 2982 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2983 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2984 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2985 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2986 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2987 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2988 SC_None, nullptr); 2989 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2990 Param->setImplicit(); 2991 Params.push_back(Param); 2992 } 2993 2994 New->setParams(Params); 2995 } 2996 2997 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2998 } 2999 3000 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3001 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3002 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3003 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3004 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3005 // the prototype. 3006 // 3007 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3008 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3009 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3010 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3011 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3012 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3013 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3014 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3015 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3016 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3017 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3018 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3019 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3020 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3021 3022 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3023 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3024 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3025 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3026 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3027 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3028 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3029 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3030 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3031 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3032 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3033 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3034 NewParm->getType(), 3035 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3036 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3037 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3038 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3039 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3040 } else 3041 LooseCompatible = false; 3042 } 3043 3044 if (LooseCompatible) { 3045 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3046 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3047 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3048 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3049 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3050 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3051 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3052 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3053 } 3054 3055 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3056 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3057 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3058 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3059 } 3060 3061 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3062 } 3063 3064 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3065 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3066 3067 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3068 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3069 unsigned BuiltinID; 3070 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3071 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3072 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3073 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3074 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3075 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3076 << Old << Old->getType(); 3077 3078 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3079 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3080 // 3081 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3082 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3083 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3084 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3085 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3086 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3087 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3088 3089 return false; 3090 } 3091 3092 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3093 } 3094 3095 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3096 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3097 return true; 3098 } 3099 3100 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3101 /// known to be compatible. 3102 /// 3103 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3104 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3105 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3106 /// redeclaration of Old. 3107 /// 3108 /// \returns false 3109 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3110 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3111 // Merge the attributes 3112 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3113 3114 // Merge "pure" flag. 3115 if (Old->isPure()) 3116 New->setPure(); 3117 3118 // Merge "used" flag. 3119 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3120 New->setIsUsed(); 3121 3122 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3123 // declarations. 3124 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3125 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3126 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3127 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3128 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3129 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3130 } 3131 3132 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3133 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3134 3135 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3136 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3137 // was visible. 3138 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3139 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3140 New->setType(Merged); 3141 3142 return false; 3143 } 3144 3145 3146 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3147 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3148 3149 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3150 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3151 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3152 : AMK_Override; 3153 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3154 3155 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3156 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3157 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3158 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3159 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3160 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3161 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3162 3163 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3164 } 3165 3166 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3167 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3168 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3169 /// 3170 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3171 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3172 /// is attached. 3173 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3174 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3175 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3176 return; 3177 3178 QualType MergedT; 3179 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3180 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3181 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3182 return; 3183 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3184 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3185 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3186 } 3187 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3188 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3189 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3190 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3191 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3192 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3193 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3194 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3195 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3196 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3197 NewArray->getElementType())) 3198 MergedT = New->getType(); 3199 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3200 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3201 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3202 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3203 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3204 NewArray->getElementType())) 3205 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3206 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3207 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3208 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3209 Old->getType()); 3210 } 3211 } else { 3212 // C 6.2.7p2: 3213 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3214 // compatible type. 3215 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3216 } 3217 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3218 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3219 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3220 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3221 // equivalent. 3222 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3223 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3224 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3225 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3226 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3227 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3228 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3229 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3230 return; 3231 } 3232 3233 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3234 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3235 // 3236 // extern int arr[]; 3237 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3238 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3239 // 3240 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3241 // to diagnose it. 3242 Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3243 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3244 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3245 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3246 3247 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3248 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3249 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3250 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3251 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3252 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3253 } 3254 3255 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3256 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3257 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3258 New->setType(MergedT); 3259 } 3260 3261 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3262 LookupResult &Previous) { 3263 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3264 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3265 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3266 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3267 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3268 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3269 // 3270 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3271 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3272 return false; 3273 3274 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3275 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3276 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3277 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3278 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3279 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3280 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3281 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3282 } else { 3283 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3284 // type unless we're in the same function. 3285 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3286 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3287 } 3288 } 3289 3290 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3291 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3292 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3293 /// 3294 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3295 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3296 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3297 /// 3298 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3299 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3300 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3301 return; 3302 3303 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3304 3305 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3306 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3307 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3308 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3309 if (NewTemplate) { 3310 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3311 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3312 3313 if (auto *Shadow = 3314 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3315 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3316 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3317 } else { 3318 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3319 3320 if (auto *Shadow = 3321 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3322 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3323 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3324 } 3325 } 3326 if (!Old) { 3327 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3328 << New->getDeclName(); 3329 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3330 diag::note_previous_definition); 3331 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3332 } 3333 3334 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3335 return; 3336 3337 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3338 if (NewTemplate && 3339 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3340 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3341 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3342 return; 3343 3344 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3345 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3346 // 3347 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3348 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3349 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3350 << New->getIdentifier(); 3351 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3352 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3353 } 3354 3355 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3356 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3357 // declaration 3358 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3359 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3360 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3361 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3362 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3363 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3364 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3365 } 3366 3367 // Merge the types. 3368 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3369 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3370 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3371 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3372 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3373 return; 3374 } 3375 3376 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3377 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3378 return; 3379 3380 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3381 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3382 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3383 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3384 3385 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3386 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3387 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3388 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3389 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3390 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3391 << New->getDeclName(); 3392 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3393 } else { 3394 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3395 << New->getDeclName(); 3396 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3397 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3398 } 3399 } 3400 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3401 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3402 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3403 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3404 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3405 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3406 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3407 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3408 // identifier has external linkage. 3409 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3410 /* Okay */; 3411 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3412 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3413 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3414 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3415 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3416 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3417 } 3418 3419 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3420 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3421 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3422 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3423 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3424 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3425 } 3426 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3427 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3428 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3429 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3430 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3431 } 3432 3433 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3434 3435 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3436 // need to check for mismatches. 3437 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3438 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3439 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3440 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3441 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3442 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3443 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3444 } 3445 3446 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3447 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3448 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3449 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3450 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3451 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3452 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3453 } else { 3454 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3455 // static and dynamic initialization. 3456 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3457 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3458 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3459 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3460 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3461 } 3462 } 3463 3464 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3465 VarDecl *Def; 3466 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3467 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3468 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3469 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3470 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3471 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3472 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3473 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3474 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3475 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3476 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3477 } else { 3478 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3479 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3480 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3481 return; 3482 } 3483 } 3484 3485 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3486 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3487 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3488 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3489 return; 3490 } 3491 3492 // Merge "used" flag. 3493 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3494 New->setIsUsed(); 3495 3496 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3497 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3498 if (NewTemplate) 3499 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3500 3501 // Inherit access appropriately. 3502 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3503 if (NewTemplate) 3504 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3505 } 3506 3507 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3508 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3509 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3510 DeclSpec &DS) { 3511 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3512 } 3513 3514 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3515 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3516 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3517 // compatibility. 3518 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3519 // targeted. 3520 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3521 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3522 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3523 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3524 } 3525 3526 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3527 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3528 return; 3529 3530 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3531 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3532 // it is anonymous. 3533 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3534 return; 3535 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3536 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3537 Context.setManglingNumber( 3538 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3539 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3540 return; 3541 } 3542 3543 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3544 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3545 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3546 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3547 Context.setManglingNumber( 3548 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3549 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3550 } 3551 } 3552 3553 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3554 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3555 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 3556 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 3557 if (TagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) 3558 return; 3559 if (TagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3560 return; 3561 3562 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3563 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3564 3565 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3566 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3567 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) 3568 return; 3569 3570 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3571 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3572 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3573 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3574 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3575 // for how to handle it. 3576 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3577 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3578 3579 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3580 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3581 3582 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3583 textToInsert += ' '; 3584 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3585 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3586 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3587 return; 3588 } 3589 3590 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3591 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3592 } 3593 3594 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3595 switch (T) { 3596 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3597 return 0; 3598 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3599 return 1; 3600 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3601 return 2; 3602 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3603 return 3; 3604 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3605 return 4; 3606 default: 3607 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3608 } 3609 } 3610 3611 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3612 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3613 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3614 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3615 DeclSpec &DS, 3616 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3617 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3618 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3619 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3620 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3621 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3622 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3623 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3624 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3625 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3626 3627 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3628 return nullptr; 3629 3630 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3631 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3632 // it's a Type. 3633 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3634 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3635 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3636 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3637 } 3638 3639 if (Tag) { 3640 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3641 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3642 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3643 return Tag; 3644 } 3645 3646 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3647 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3648 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3649 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3650 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3651 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3652 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3653 } 3654 3655 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3656 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3657 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3658 if (Tag) 3659 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3660 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3661 else 3662 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3663 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3664 return TagD; 3665 } 3666 3667 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3668 3669 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3670 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3671 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3672 if (TagD && !Tag) 3673 return nullptr; 3674 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3675 } 3676 3677 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3678 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3679 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3680 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3681 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3682 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3683 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3684 // or an explicit specialization. 3685 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3686 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3687 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3688 return nullptr; 3689 } 3690 3691 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3692 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3693 3694 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3695 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3696 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3697 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3698 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3699 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3700 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3701 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3702 3703 DeclaresAnything = false; 3704 } 3705 } 3706 3707 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3708 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3709 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3710 // 3711 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3712 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3713 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3714 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3715 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3716 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3717 // struct STRUCT; 3718 // union UNION; 3719 // and 3720 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3721 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3722 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3723 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3724 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3725 if (Tag) 3726 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3727 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3728 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3729 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3730 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3731 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3732 3733 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3734 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3735 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3736 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3737 } 3738 3739 DeclaresAnything = false; 3740 } 3741 } 3742 3743 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3744 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3745 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3746 return TagD; 3747 3748 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3749 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3750 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3751 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3752 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3753 DeclaresAnything = false; 3754 3755 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3756 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3757 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3758 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3759 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3760 else 3761 DeclaresAnything = false; 3762 } 3763 3764 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3765 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3766 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3767 << Tag->getTagKind() 3768 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3769 3770 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3771 3772 // C 6.7/2: 3773 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3774 // or the members of an enumeration. 3775 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3776 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3777 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3778 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3779 // previous declaration. 3780 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3781 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3782 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3783 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3784 return TagD; 3785 } 3786 3787 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3788 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3789 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3790 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3791 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3792 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3793 // 3794 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3795 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3796 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3797 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3798 3799 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3800 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3801 // useless. 3802 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3803 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3804 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3805 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3806 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3807 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3808 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3809 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3810 } 3811 3812 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3813 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3814 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3815 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3816 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3817 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3818 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3819 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3820 // Restrict is covered above. 3821 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3822 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3823 } 3824 3825 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3826 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3827 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3828 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3829 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3830 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3831 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3832 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3833 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3834 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3835 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3836 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 3837 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3838 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 3839 } 3840 } 3841 3842 return TagD; 3843 } 3844 3845 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3846 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3847 /// 3848 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3849 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3850 Scope *S, 3851 DeclContext *Owner, 3852 DeclarationName Name, 3853 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3854 unsigned diagnostic) { 3855 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3856 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3857 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3858 3859 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3860 return false; 3861 3862 // Pick a representative declaration. 3863 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3864 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3865 3866 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3867 return false; 3868 3869 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3870 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3871 3872 return true; 3873 } 3874 3875 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3876 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3877 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3878 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3879 /// struct, e.g., 3880 /// 3881 /// @code 3882 /// union { 3883 /// int i; 3884 /// float f; 3885 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3886 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3887 /// @endcode 3888 /// 3889 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3890 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3891 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3892 DeclContext *Owner, 3893 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3894 AccessSpecifier AS, 3895 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3896 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3897 unsigned diagKind 3898 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3899 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3900 3901 bool Invalid = false; 3902 3903 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3904 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3905 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3906 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3907 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3908 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3909 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3910 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3911 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3912 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3913 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3914 Invalid = true; 3915 } else { 3916 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3917 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3918 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3919 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3920 // anonymous union is declared. 3921 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3922 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3923 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 3924 else 3925 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3926 3927 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3928 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3929 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3930 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3931 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3932 3933 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3934 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3935 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3936 3937 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3938 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3939 3940 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3941 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3942 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3943 3944 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3945 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3946 3947 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3948 } 3949 } 3950 } 3951 3952 return Invalid; 3953 } 3954 3955 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3956 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3957 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3958 static StorageClass 3959 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3960 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3961 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3962 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3963 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3964 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3965 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3966 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3967 return SC_None; 3968 return SC_Extern; 3969 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3970 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3971 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3972 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3973 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3974 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3975 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3976 } 3977 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3978 } 3979 3980 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3981 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3982 3983 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3984 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3985 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3986 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3987 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3988 return FD->getLocation(); 3989 } 3990 3991 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3992 } 3993 3994 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3995 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3996 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3997 return; 3998 3999 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4000 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4001 } 4002 4003 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4004 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4005 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4006 return; 4007 4008 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4009 } 4010 4011 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4012 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4013 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4014 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4015 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4016 AccessSpecifier AS, 4017 RecordDecl *Record, 4018 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4019 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4020 4021 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4022 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4023 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4024 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4025 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4026 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4027 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4028 4029 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4030 // structs/unions. 4031 bool Invalid = false; 4032 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4033 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4034 unsigned DiagID; 4035 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4036 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4037 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4038 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4039 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4040 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4041 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4042 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4043 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4044 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4045 4046 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4047 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4048 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4049 } 4050 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4051 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4052 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4053 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4054 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4055 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4056 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4057 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4058 4059 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4060 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4061 SourceLocation(), 4062 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4063 } 4064 } 4065 4066 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4067 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4068 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4069 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4070 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4071 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4072 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4073 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4074 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4075 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4076 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4077 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4078 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4079 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4080 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4081 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4082 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4083 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4084 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4085 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4086 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4087 4088 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4089 } 4090 4091 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4092 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4093 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4094 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4095 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4096 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4097 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4098 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4099 // members (clause 11). 4100 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4101 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4102 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4103 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4104 Invalid = true; 4105 } 4106 4107 // C++ [class.union]p1 4108 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4109 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4110 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4111 // array of such objects. 4112 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4113 Invalid = true; 4114 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4115 // Any implicit members are fine. 4116 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4117 // This is a type that showed up in an 4118 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4119 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4120 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4121 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4122 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4123 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4124 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4125 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4126 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4127 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4128 else { 4129 // This is a nested type declaration. 4130 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4131 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4132 Invalid = true; 4133 } 4134 } else { 4135 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4136 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4137 // not part of standard C++. 4138 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4139 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4140 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4141 } 4142 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4143 // Any access specifier is fine. 4144 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4145 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4146 } else { 4147 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4148 // member. Complain about it. 4149 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4150 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4151 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4152 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4153 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4154 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4155 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4156 4157 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4158 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4159 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4160 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4161 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4162 else { 4163 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 4164 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4165 Invalid = true; 4166 } 4167 } 4168 } 4169 4170 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4171 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4172 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4173 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4174 Owner->isRecord()) 4175 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4176 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4177 } 4178 4179 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4180 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4181 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4182 Invalid = true; 4183 } 4184 4185 // Mock up a declarator. 4186 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4187 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4188 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4189 4190 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4191 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4192 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4193 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4194 DS.getLocStart(), 4195 Record->getLocation(), 4196 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4197 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4198 TInfo, 4199 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4200 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4201 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4202 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4203 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4204 } else { 4205 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4206 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4207 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4208 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4209 // an error here 4210 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4211 Invalid = true; 4212 SC = SC_None; 4213 } 4214 4215 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4216 DS.getLocStart(), 4217 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4218 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4219 TInfo, SC); 4220 4221 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4222 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4223 // initializer: 4224 // union { int n = 0; }; 4225 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4226 } 4227 Anon->setImplicit(); 4228 4229 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4230 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4231 4232 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4233 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4234 // its members. 4235 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4236 4237 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4238 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4239 // purposes. 4240 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4241 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4242 4243 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4244 Chain, false)) 4245 Invalid = true; 4246 4247 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4248 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4249 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4250 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4251 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4252 Context.setManglingNumber( 4253 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4254 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4255 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4256 } 4257 } 4258 } 4259 4260 if (Invalid) 4261 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4262 4263 return Anon; 4264 } 4265 4266 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4267 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4268 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4269 /// Example: 4270 /// 4271 /// struct A { int a; }; 4272 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4273 /// 4274 /// void foo() { 4275 /// B var; 4276 /// var.a = 3; 4277 /// } 4278 /// 4279 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4280 RecordDecl *Record) { 4281 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4282 4283 // Mock up a declarator. 4284 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4285 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4286 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4287 4288 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4289 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4290 4291 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4292 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4293 ParentDecl, 4294 DS.getLocStart(), 4295 DS.getLocStart(), 4296 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4297 RecTy, 4298 TInfo, 4299 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4300 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4301 Anon->setImplicit(); 4302 4303 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4304 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4305 4306 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4307 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4308 // purposes. 4309 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4310 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4311 4312 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4313 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4314 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4315 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4316 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4317 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4318 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4319 } 4320 4321 return Anon; 4322 } 4323 4324 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4325 /// given Declarator. 4326 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4327 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4328 } 4329 4330 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4331 DeclarationNameInfo 4332 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4333 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4334 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4335 4336 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4337 4338 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4339 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4340 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4341 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4342 return NameInfo; 4343 4344 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4345 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4346 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4347 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4348 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4349 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4350 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4351 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4352 return NameInfo; 4353 4354 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4355 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4356 Name.Identifier)); 4357 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4358 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4359 return NameInfo; 4360 4361 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4362 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4363 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4364 if (Ty.isNull()) 4365 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4366 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4367 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4368 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4369 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4370 return NameInfo; 4371 } 4372 4373 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4374 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4375 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4376 if (Ty.isNull()) 4377 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4378 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4379 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4380 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4381 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4382 return NameInfo; 4383 } 4384 4385 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4386 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4387 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4388 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4389 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4390 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4391 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4392 4393 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4394 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4395 4396 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4397 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4398 // was qualified. 4399 4400 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4401 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4402 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4403 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4404 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4405 return NameInfo; 4406 } 4407 4408 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4409 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4410 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4411 if (Ty.isNull()) 4412 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4413 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4414 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4415 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4416 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4417 return NameInfo; 4418 } 4419 4420 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4421 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4422 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4423 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4424 } 4425 4426 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4427 4428 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4429 } 4430 4431 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4432 do { 4433 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4434 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4435 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4436 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4437 else 4438 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4439 } while (true); 4440 } 4441 4442 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4443 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4444 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4445 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4446 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4447 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4448 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4449 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4450 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4451 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4452 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4453 Params.clear(); 4454 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4455 return false; 4456 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4457 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4458 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4459 4460 // The parameter types are identical 4461 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4462 continue; 4463 4464 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4465 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4466 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4467 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4468 4469 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4470 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4471 Params.push_back(Idx); 4472 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4473 return false; 4474 } 4475 4476 return true; 4477 } 4478 4479 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4480 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4481 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4482 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4483 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4484 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4485 DeclarationName Name) { 4486 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4487 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4488 // - types which will become injected class names 4489 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4490 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4491 // few cases here. 4492 4493 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4494 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4495 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4496 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4497 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4498 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4499 // Grab the type from the parser. 4500 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4501 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4502 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4503 4504 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4505 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4506 // attached already. 4507 if (!TSI) 4508 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4509 4510 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4511 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4512 if (!TSI) return true; 4513 4514 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4515 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4516 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4517 break; 4518 } 4519 4520 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4521 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4522 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4523 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4524 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4525 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4526 break; 4527 } 4528 4529 default: 4530 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4531 break; 4532 } 4533 4534 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4535 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4536 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4537 4538 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4539 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4540 // pointer. 4541 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4542 continue; 4543 4544 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4545 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4546 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4547 return true; 4548 } 4549 4550 return false; 4551 } 4552 4553 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4554 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4555 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4556 4557 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4558 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4559 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4560 4561 return Dcl; 4562 } 4563 4564 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4565 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4566 /// name different from T: 4567 /// - every static data member of class T; 4568 /// - every member function of class T 4569 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4570 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4571 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4572 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4573 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4574 4575 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4576 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4577 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4578 return true; 4579 } 4580 4581 return false; 4582 } 4583 4584 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4585 /// nested-name-specifier. 4586 /// 4587 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4588 /// 4589 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4590 /// resolves. 4591 /// 4592 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4593 /// 4594 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4595 /// 4596 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4597 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4598 DeclarationName Name, 4599 SourceLocation Loc) { 4600 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4601 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4602 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4603 4604 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4605 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4606 // 4607 // class X { 4608 // void X::f(); 4609 // }; 4610 // 4611 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4612 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4613 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4614 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4615 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4616 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4617 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4618 SS.clear(); 4619 } else { 4620 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4621 } 4622 return false; 4623 } 4624 4625 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4626 // declaration. 4627 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4628 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4629 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4630 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4631 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4632 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4633 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4634 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4635 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4636 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4637 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4638 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4639 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4640 else 4641 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4642 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4643 4644 return true; 4645 } 4646 4647 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4648 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4649 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4650 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4651 SS.clear(); 4652 4653 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4654 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4655 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4656 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4657 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4658 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4659 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4660 return true; 4661 4662 return false; 4663 } 4664 4665 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4666 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4667 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4668 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4669 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4670 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4671 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4672 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4673 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4674 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4675 4676 return false; 4677 } 4678 4679 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4680 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4681 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4682 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4683 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4684 4685 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4686 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4687 if (!Name) { 4688 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4689 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4690 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4691 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4692 return nullptr; 4693 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4694 return nullptr; 4695 4696 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4697 // we find one that is. 4698 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4699 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4700 S = S->getParent(); 4701 4702 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4703 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4704 D.setInvalidType(); 4705 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4706 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4707 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4708 return nullptr; 4709 4710 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4711 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4712 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4713 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4714 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4715 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4716 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4717 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4718 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4719 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4720 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4721 return nullptr; 4722 } 4723 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4724 4725 if (!IsDependentContext && 4726 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4727 return nullptr; 4728 4729 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4730 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4731 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4732 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4733 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4734 return nullptr; 4735 } 4736 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4737 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4738 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4739 if (DC->isRecord()) 4740 return nullptr; 4741 4742 D.setInvalidType(); 4743 } 4744 } 4745 4746 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4747 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4748 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4749 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4750 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4751 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4752 D.setInvalidType(); 4753 } 4754 } 4755 4756 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4757 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4758 4759 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4760 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4761 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4762 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4763 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4764 return nullptr; 4765 4766 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4767 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4768 D.setInvalidType(); 4769 4770 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4771 ForRedeclaration); 4772 4773 // If we're hiding internal-linkage symbols in modules from redeclaration 4774 // lookup, let name lookup know. 4775 if ((getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) && 4776 getLangOpts().ModulesHideInternalLinkage && 4777 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4778 Previous.setAllowHiddenInternal(false); 4779 4780 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4781 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4782 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4783 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4784 4785 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4786 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4787 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4788 // 4789 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4790 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4791 // the same name. 4792 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4793 /* Do nothing*/; 4794 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4795 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4796 R->isFunctionType())) { 4797 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4798 CreateBuiltins = 4799 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4800 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4801 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4802 CreateBuiltins = true; 4803 4804 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4805 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4806 4807 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4808 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4809 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4810 4811 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4812 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4813 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4814 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4815 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4816 // thereof; [...] 4817 // 4818 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4819 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4820 // we want to match. For example, given: 4821 // 4822 // class X { 4823 // void f(); 4824 // void f(float); 4825 // }; 4826 // 4827 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4828 // 4829 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4830 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4831 // matches. 4832 4833 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4834 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4835 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4836 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4837 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4838 } 4839 4840 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4841 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4842 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4843 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4844 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4845 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4846 4847 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4848 Previous.clear(); 4849 } 4850 4851 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4852 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4853 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4854 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4855 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4856 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4857 Previous.clear(); 4858 4859 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4860 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4861 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4862 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4863 4864 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 4865 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 4866 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 4867 // template, declared in namespace scope 4868 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 4869 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4870 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 4871 return nullptr; 4872 } 4873 } 4874 4875 NamedDecl *New; 4876 4877 bool AddToScope = true; 4878 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4879 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4880 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4881 return nullptr; 4882 } 4883 4884 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4885 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4886 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4887 TemplateParamLists, 4888 AddToScope); 4889 } else { 4890 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4891 AddToScope); 4892 } 4893 4894 if (!New) 4895 return nullptr; 4896 4897 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4898 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4899 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4900 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4901 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4902 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4903 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4904 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4905 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4906 if (!AddToContext) 4907 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4908 } 4909 4910 return New; 4911 } 4912 4913 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4914 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4915 /// GCC compatibility). 4916 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4917 ASTContext &Context, 4918 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4919 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4920 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4921 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4922 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4923 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4924 SizeIsNegative = false; 4925 Oversized = 0; 4926 4927 if (T->isDependentType()) 4928 return QualType(); 4929 4930 QualifierCollector Qs; 4931 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4932 4933 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4934 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4935 QualType FixedType = 4936 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4937 Oversized); 4938 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4939 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4940 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4941 } 4942 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4943 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4944 QualType FixedType = 4945 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4946 Oversized); 4947 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4948 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4949 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4950 } 4951 4952 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4953 if (!VLATy) 4954 return QualType(); 4955 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4956 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4957 return QualType(); 4958 4959 llvm::APSInt Res; 4960 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4961 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4962 return QualType(); 4963 4964 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4965 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4966 SizeIsNegative = true; 4967 return QualType(); 4968 } 4969 4970 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4971 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4972 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4973 Res); 4974 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4975 Oversized = Res; 4976 return QualType(); 4977 } 4978 4979 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4980 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4981 } 4982 4983 static void 4984 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4985 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 4986 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 4987 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4988 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4989 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4990 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4991 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4992 return; 4993 } 4994 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4995 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4996 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4997 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4998 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4999 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5000 return; 5001 } 5002 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5003 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5004 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5005 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5006 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5007 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5008 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5009 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5010 } 5011 5012 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5013 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5014 /// GCC compatibility). 5015 static TypeSourceInfo* 5016 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5017 ASTContext &Context, 5018 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5019 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5020 QualType FixedTy 5021 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5022 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5023 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5024 return nullptr; 5025 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5026 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5027 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5028 return FixedTInfo; 5029 } 5030 5031 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5032 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5033 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5034 /// function-scope declarations. 5035 void 5036 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5037 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5038 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5039 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5040 return; 5041 5042 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5043 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5044 } 5045 5046 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5047 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5048 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5049 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5050 } 5051 5052 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5053 /// does not identify a function. 5054 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5055 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5056 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5057 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5058 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5059 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5060 5061 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5062 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5063 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5064 5065 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5066 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5067 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5068 5069 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5070 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5071 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5072 } 5073 5074 NamedDecl* 5075 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5076 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5077 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5078 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5079 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5080 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5081 D.setInvalidType(); 5082 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5083 DC = CurContext; 5084 Previous.clear(); 5085 } 5086 5087 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5088 5089 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5090 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5091 << 1; 5092 5093 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5094 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5095 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5096 return nullptr; 5097 } 5098 5099 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5100 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5101 5102 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5103 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5104 5105 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5106 5107 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5108 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5109 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5110 return ND; 5111 } 5112 5113 void 5114 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5115 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5116 // then it shall have block scope. 5117 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5118 // that redeclarations will match. 5119 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5120 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5121 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5122 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5123 5124 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5125 bool SizeIsNegative; 5126 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5127 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5128 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5129 SizeIsNegative, 5130 Oversized); 5131 if (FixedTInfo) { 5132 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5133 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5134 } else { 5135 if (SizeIsNegative) 5136 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5137 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5138 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5139 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5140 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5141 << Oversized.toString(10); 5142 else 5143 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5144 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5145 } 5146 } 5147 } 5148 } 5149 5150 5151 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5152 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5153 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5154 NamedDecl* 5155 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5156 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5157 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5158 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5159 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5160 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5161 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5162 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5163 Redeclaration = true; 5164 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 5165 } 5166 5167 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5168 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5169 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5170 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5171 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5172 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5173 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5174 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5175 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5176 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5177 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5178 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5179 } 5180 5181 return NewTD; 5182 } 5183 5184 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5185 /// previous declaration. 5186 /// 5187 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5188 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5189 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5190 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5191 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5192 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5193 /// 5194 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5195 /// lookup 5196 /// 5197 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5198 /// declared. 5199 /// 5200 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5201 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5202 static bool 5203 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5204 ASTContext &Context) { 5205 if (!PrevDecl) 5206 return false; 5207 5208 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5209 return false; 5210 5211 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5212 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5213 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5214 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5215 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5216 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5217 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5218 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5219 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5220 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5221 return false; 5222 5223 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5224 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5225 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5226 return false; 5227 5228 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5229 // previous declarations. 5230 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5231 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5232 5233 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5234 // isn't the same function. 5235 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5236 return false; 5237 } 5238 5239 return true; 5240 } 5241 5242 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5243 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5244 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5245 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5246 } 5247 5248 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5249 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5250 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5251 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5252 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5253 unsigned kind = -1U; 5254 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5255 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5256 kind = 0; // __block 5257 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5258 kind = 1; // global 5259 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5260 kind = 3; // ivar 5261 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5262 kind = 2; // field 5263 } 5264 5265 if (kind != -1U) { 5266 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5267 << kind; 5268 } 5269 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5270 // Try to infer lifetime. 5271 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5272 return false; 5273 5274 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5275 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5276 decl->setType(type); 5277 } 5278 5279 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5280 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5281 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5282 var->getTLSKind()) { 5283 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5284 << var->getType(); 5285 return true; 5286 } 5287 } 5288 5289 return false; 5290 } 5291 5292 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5293 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5294 // the wrong linkage. 5295 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5296 5297 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5298 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5299 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5300 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5301 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5302 } 5303 } 5304 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5305 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5306 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5307 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5308 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5309 } 5310 } 5311 5312 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5313 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5314 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5315 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5316 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5317 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5318 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5319 } 5320 } 5321 } 5322 5323 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5324 // It does not apply to functions. 5325 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5326 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5327 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5328 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5329 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5330 } 5331 } 5332 5333 // dll attributes require external linkage. 5334 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5335 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5336 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5337 << &ND << Attr; 5338 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5339 } 5340 } 5341 } 5342 5343 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5344 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5345 bool IsSpecialization) { 5346 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5347 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5348 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5349 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5350 5351 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5352 return; 5353 5354 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5355 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5356 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5357 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5358 5359 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5360 // inherited attribute instances. 5361 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5362 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5363 5364 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5365 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5366 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5367 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5368 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5369 5370 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5371 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5372 bool JustWarn = false; 5373 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5374 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5375 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5376 JustWarn = true; 5377 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5378 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5379 JustWarn = true; 5380 } 5381 5382 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5383 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5384 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5385 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5386 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5387 JustWarn = false; 5388 5389 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5390 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5391 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5392 << NewDecl 5393 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5394 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5395 if (!JustWarn) { 5396 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5397 return; 5398 } 5399 } 5400 5401 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5402 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5403 // and qualified friend declarations. 5404 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5405 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5406 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5407 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5408 // separately. 5409 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5410 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5411 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5412 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5413 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5414 } 5415 5416 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5417 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5418 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5419 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5420 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5421 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5422 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5423 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5424 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5425 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5426 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5427 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5428 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5429 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5430 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5431 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5432 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5433 } 5434 } 5435 5436 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5437 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5438 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5439 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5440 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5441 5442 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5443 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5444 5445 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5446 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5447 return false; 5448 5449 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5450 5451 #ifndef NDEBUG 5452 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5453 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5454 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5455 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5456 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5457 #endif 5458 5459 bool isC99Inline = 5460 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5461 5462 #ifndef NDEBUG 5463 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5464 #endif 5465 5466 return isC99Inline; 5467 } 5468 5469 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5470 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5471 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5472 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5473 /// 5474 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5475 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5476 /// 5477 /// For instance: 5478 /// 5479 /// auto x = []{}; 5480 /// 5481 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5482 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5483 /// 5484 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5485 template<typename T> 5486 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5487 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5488 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5489 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5490 return false; 5491 } 5492 return D->isExternC(); 5493 } 5494 5495 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5496 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5497 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5498 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5499 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5500 return true; 5501 if (DC->isRecord()) 5502 return false; 5503 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5504 } 5505 5506 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5507 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5508 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5509 return true; 5510 if (DC->isRecord()) 5511 return false; 5512 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5513 } 5514 5515 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5516 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5517 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5518 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5519 return true; 5520 return false; 5521 } 5522 5523 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5524 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5525 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5526 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5527 return true; 5528 5529 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5530 // position to the decl itself. 5531 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5532 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5533 return true; 5534 } 5535 5536 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5537 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5538 } 5539 5540 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5541 /// function-local external declaration. 5542 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5543 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5544 return false; 5545 5546 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5547 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5548 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5549 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5550 return true; 5551 5552 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5553 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5554 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5555 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5556 // 5557 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5558 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5559 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5560 DC = DC->getParent(); 5561 return true; 5562 } 5563 5564 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5565 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5566 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5567 return FD->isExternC(); 5568 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5569 return VD->isExternC(); 5570 5571 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5572 } 5573 5574 NamedDecl * 5575 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5576 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5577 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5578 bool &AddToScope) { 5579 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5580 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5581 5582 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5583 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5584 5585 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5586 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5587 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5588 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5589 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5590 SC = SC_Extern; 5591 5592 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5593 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5594 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5595 5596 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5597 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5598 QualType NR = R; 5599 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5600 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5601 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5602 D.setInvalidType(); 5603 break; 5604 } 5605 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5606 } 5607 5608 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5609 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5610 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5611 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5612 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5613 D.setInvalidType(); 5614 } 5615 } 5616 } 5617 5618 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5619 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5620 // an error here 5621 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5622 D.setInvalidType(); 5623 SC = SC_None; 5624 } 5625 5626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5627 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5628 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5629 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5630 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5631 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5632 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5633 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5634 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5635 } 5636 5637 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5638 if (!II) { 5639 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5640 << Name; 5641 return nullptr; 5642 } 5643 5644 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5645 5646 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5647 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5648 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5649 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5650 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5651 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5652 D.setInvalidType(); 5653 } 5654 } 5655 5656 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5657 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5658 // OpenCL __local address space. 5659 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5660 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5661 } 5662 5663 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5664 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5665 // space qualifiers. 5666 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5667 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5668 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5669 } 5670 5671 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5672 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5673 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5674 // address space qualifiers. 5675 if (R->isEventT()) { 5676 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5677 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5678 D.setInvalidType(); 5679 } 5680 5681 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5682 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5683 D.setInvalidType(); 5684 } 5685 } 5686 } 5687 5688 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5689 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5690 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5691 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5692 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5693 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5694 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5695 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5696 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5697 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5698 R, TInfo, SC); 5699 5700 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5701 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5702 } else { 5703 bool Invalid = false; 5704 5705 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5706 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5707 switch (SC) { 5708 case SC_None: 5709 break; 5710 case SC_Static: 5711 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5712 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5713 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5714 break; 5715 case SC_Auto: 5716 case SC_Register: 5717 case SC_Extern: 5718 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5719 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5720 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5721 // of class members 5722 5723 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5724 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5725 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5726 break; 5727 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5728 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5729 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5730 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5731 } 5732 } 5733 5734 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5735 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5736 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5737 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5738 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5739 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5740 5741 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5742 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5743 if (RD->isUnion()) 5744 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5745 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5746 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5747 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5748 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5749 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5750 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5751 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5752 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5753 } 5754 } 5755 5756 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5757 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5758 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5759 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5760 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5761 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5762 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5763 : nullptr, 5764 TemplateParamLists, 5765 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5766 5767 if (TemplateParams) { 5768 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5769 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5770 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5771 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5772 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5773 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5774 << II 5775 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5776 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5777 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5778 } else { 5779 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5780 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5781 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5782 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5783 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5784 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5785 // This is a template declaration. 5786 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5787 5788 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5789 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5790 return nullptr; 5791 5792 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5793 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5794 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5795 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5796 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5797 } 5798 } 5799 } else { 5800 assert( 5801 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5802 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5803 } 5804 5805 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5806 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5807 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5808 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5809 : SourceLocation(); 5810 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5811 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5812 IsPartialSpecialization); 5813 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5814 return nullptr; 5815 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5816 AddToScope = false; 5817 } else 5818 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5819 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5820 5821 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5822 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5823 NewTemplate = 5824 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5825 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5826 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5827 } 5828 5829 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5830 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5831 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5832 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5833 5834 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5835 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5836 if (NewTemplate) 5837 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5838 } 5839 5840 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5841 5842 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5843 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5844 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5845 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5846 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5847 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5848 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5849 5850 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5851 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5852 } 5853 5854 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5855 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5856 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5857 if (NewTemplate) 5858 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5859 5860 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5861 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5862 5863 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 5864 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5865 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5866 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5867 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5868 // explicitly. 5869 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5870 // 'extern'. 5871 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5872 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5873 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5874 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5875 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5876 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5877 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5878 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 5879 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5880 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 5881 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 5882 // error should be ignored. 5883 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 5884 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 5885 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 5886 // to emit any code for it. 5887 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5888 } else 5889 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5890 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5891 } else 5892 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5893 } 5894 5895 // C99 6.7.4p3 5896 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5897 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5898 // thread storage duration... 5899 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5900 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5901 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5902 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5903 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5904 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5905 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5906 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5907 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5908 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5909 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5910 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5911 } 5912 } 5913 5914 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5915 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5916 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5917 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5918 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5919 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5920 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5921 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5922 << 2 5923 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5924 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5925 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5926 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5927 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5928 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5929 else { 5930 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5931 if (NewTemplate) 5932 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5933 } 5934 } 5935 5936 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5937 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5938 5939 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5940 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 5941 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5942 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5943 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5944 // storage [duration]." 5945 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5946 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5947 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5948 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5949 } 5950 } 5951 5952 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5953 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5954 // check the VarDecl itself. 5955 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5956 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5957 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5958 5959 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5960 // retainable type. 5961 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5962 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5963 5964 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5965 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5966 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5967 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5968 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5969 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5970 switch (SC) { 5971 case SC_None: 5972 case SC_Auto: 5973 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5974 break; 5975 case SC_Register: 5976 // Local Named register 5977 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5978 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5979 break; 5980 case SC_Static: 5981 case SC_Extern: 5982 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5983 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5984 break; 5985 } 5986 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 5987 // Global Named register 5988 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5989 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5990 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 5991 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 5992 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5993 } 5994 } 5995 5996 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5997 Context, Label, 0)); 5998 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5999 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6000 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6001 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6002 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6003 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6004 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6005 } else 6006 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6007 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6008 } 6009 } 6010 6011 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6012 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6013 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6014 6015 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6016 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6017 // declaration has linkage). 6018 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6019 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6020 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6021 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6022 6023 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6024 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6025 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6026 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6027 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6028 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6029 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6030 6031 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6032 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6033 } else { 6034 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6035 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6036 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6037 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6038 6039 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6040 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6041 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6042 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6043 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6044 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6045 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6046 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6047 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6048 Previous.clear(); 6049 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6050 } 6051 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6052 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6053 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6054 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6055 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6056 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6057 } 6058 6059 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6060 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6061 6062 if (NewTemplate) { 6063 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6064 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6065 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6066 : nullptr; 6067 6068 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6069 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6070 // template declaration. 6071 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6072 TemplateParams, 6073 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6074 : nullptr, 6075 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6076 DC->isDependentContext()) 6077 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6078 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6079 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6080 6081 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6082 // template, make a note of that. 6083 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6084 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6085 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6086 } 6087 } 6088 6089 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6090 6091 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6092 // the map of such variables. 6093 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6094 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6095 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6096 6097 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6098 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6099 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6100 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6101 Context.setManglingNumber( 6102 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6103 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6104 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6105 } 6106 } 6107 6108 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6109 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6110 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6111 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6112 } 6113 6114 if (NewTemplate) { 6115 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6116 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6117 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6118 return NewTemplate; 6119 } 6120 6121 return NewVD; 6122 } 6123 6124 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6125 /// -Wshadow. 6126 /// 6127 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6128 /// scope. 6129 /// 6130 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6131 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6132 /// 6133 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6134 // Return if warning is ignored. 6135 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6136 return; 6137 6138 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6139 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6140 return; 6141 6142 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6143 6144 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6145 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6146 return; 6147 6148 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6149 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6150 return; 6151 6152 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6153 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6154 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6155 if (MD->isStatic()) 6156 return; 6157 6158 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6159 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6160 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6161 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6162 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6163 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6164 ShadowedDecl = I; 6165 break; 6166 } 6167 } 6168 6169 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6170 6171 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6172 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6173 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6174 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6175 return; 6176 6177 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6178 // static data members from base classes? 6179 6180 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6181 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6182 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6183 } 6184 6185 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6186 unsigned Kind; 6187 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6188 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6189 Kind = 3; // field 6190 else 6191 Kind = 2; // static data member 6192 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 6193 Kind = 1; // global 6194 else 6195 Kind = 0; // local 6196 6197 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6198 6199 // Emit warning and note. 6200 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6201 return; 6202 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6203 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6204 } 6205 6206 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6207 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6208 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6209 return; 6210 6211 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6212 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6213 LookupName(R, S); 6214 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6215 } 6216 6217 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6218 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6219 template<typename T> 6220 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6221 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6222 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6223 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6224 6225 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6226 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6227 // declaration. 6228 return false; 6229 } 6230 6231 if (Prev) { 6232 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6233 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6234 // redeclaration. 6235 Previous.clear(); 6236 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6237 return true; 6238 } 6239 6240 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6241 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6242 // declaration. 6243 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6244 return false; 6245 } else { 6246 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6247 // translation unit which might conflict. 6248 if (IsGlobal) { 6249 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6250 IsGlobal = false; 6251 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6252 I != E; ++I) { 6253 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6254 Prev = *I; 6255 break; 6256 } 6257 } 6258 } else { 6259 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6260 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6261 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6262 I != E; ++I) { 6263 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6264 Prev = *I; 6265 break; 6266 } 6267 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6268 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6269 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6270 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6271 // diagnostic. 6272 } 6273 } 6274 6275 if (!Prev) 6276 return false; 6277 } 6278 6279 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6280 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6281 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6282 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6283 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6284 else 6285 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6286 6287 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6288 << IsGlobal << ND; 6289 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6290 << IsGlobal; 6291 return false; 6292 } 6293 6294 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6295 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6296 /// 6297 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6298 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6299 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6300 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6301 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6302 template<typename T> 6303 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6304 LookupResult &Previous) { 6305 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6306 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6307 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6308 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6309 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6310 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6311 Previous.clear(); 6312 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6313 return true; 6314 } 6315 } 6316 return false; 6317 } 6318 6319 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6320 // declaration. 6321 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6322 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6323 6324 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6325 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6326 // in another scope. 6327 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6328 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6329 6330 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6331 return false; 6332 } 6333 6334 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6335 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6336 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6337 return; 6338 6339 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6340 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6341 6342 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6343 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6344 return; 6345 6346 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6347 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6348 6349 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6350 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6351 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6352 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6353 NewVD->setType(T); 6354 } 6355 6356 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6357 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6358 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6359 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6360 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6361 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6362 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6363 return; 6364 } 6365 6366 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6367 // __constant address space. 6368 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6369 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6370 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6371 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6372 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6373 return; 6374 } 6375 6376 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6377 // scope. 6378 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6379 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6380 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6381 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6382 return; 6383 } 6384 6385 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6386 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6387 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6388 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6389 else { 6390 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6391 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6392 } 6393 } 6394 6395 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6396 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6397 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6398 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6399 6400 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6401 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6402 bool SizeIsNegative; 6403 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6404 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6405 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6406 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6407 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6408 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6409 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6410 // int a[10][n]; 6411 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6412 6413 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6414 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6415 << SizeRange; 6416 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6417 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6418 << SizeRange; 6419 else 6420 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6421 << SizeRange; 6422 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6423 return; 6424 } 6425 6426 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6427 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6428 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6429 else 6430 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6431 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6432 return; 6433 } 6434 6435 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6436 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6437 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6438 } 6439 6440 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6441 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6442 // of objects and functions. 6443 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6444 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6445 << T; 6446 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6447 return; 6448 } 6449 } 6450 6451 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6452 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6453 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6454 return; 6455 } 6456 6457 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6458 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6459 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6460 return; 6461 } 6462 6463 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6464 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6465 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6466 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6467 return; 6468 } 6469 } 6470 6471 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6472 /// declaration. 6473 /// 6474 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6475 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6476 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6477 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6478 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6479 /// 6480 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6481 /// 6482 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6483 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6484 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6485 6486 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6487 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6488 return false; 6489 6490 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6491 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6492 if (Previous.empty() && 6493 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6494 Previous.setShadowed(); 6495 6496 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6497 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6498 return true; 6499 } 6500 return false; 6501 } 6502 6503 namespace { 6504 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6505 Sema *S; 6506 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6507 6508 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6509 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6510 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6511 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6512 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6513 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6514 6515 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6516 6517 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6518 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6519 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6520 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6521 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6522 6523 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6524 } 6525 6526 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6527 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6528 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6529 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6530 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6531 return true; 6532 } 6533 } 6534 6535 return false; 6536 } 6537 }; 6538 6539 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6540 } // end anonymous namespace 6541 6542 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6543 /// overriden methods. 6544 /// 6545 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6546 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6547 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6548 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6549 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6550 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6551 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6552 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6553 I != E; ++I) { 6554 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6555 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6556 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6557 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6558 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6559 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6560 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6561 } 6562 } 6563 6564 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6565 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6566 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6567 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6568 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6569 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 6570 FOM.Method = MD; 6571 FOM.S = this; 6572 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6573 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6574 bool AddedAny = false; 6575 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 6576 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6577 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6578 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6579 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6580 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6581 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6582 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6583 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6584 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6585 AddedAny = true; 6586 } 6587 } 6588 } 6589 } 6590 6591 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6592 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6593 } 6594 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6595 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6596 } 6597 6598 return AddedAny; 6599 } 6600 6601 namespace { 6602 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6603 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6604 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6605 Scope *S; 6606 Declarator &D; 6607 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6608 bool AddToScope; 6609 }; 6610 } 6611 6612 namespace { 6613 6614 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6615 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6616 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6617 public: 6618 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6619 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6620 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6621 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6622 6623 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6624 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6625 return false; 6626 6627 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6628 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6629 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6630 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6631 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6632 6633 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6634 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6635 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6636 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6637 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6638 return true; 6639 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6640 return true; 6641 } 6642 } 6643 } 6644 6645 return false; 6646 } 6647 6648 private: 6649 ASTContext &Context; 6650 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6651 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6652 }; 6653 6654 } 6655 6656 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6657 /// 6658 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6659 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6660 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6661 /// the same name. 6662 /// 6663 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6664 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6665 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6666 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6667 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6668 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6669 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6670 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6671 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6672 TypoCorrection Correction; 6673 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6674 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6675 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6676 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6677 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6678 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6679 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6680 6681 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6682 if (IsLocalFriend) 6683 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6684 else 6685 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6686 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6687 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6688 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6689 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6690 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6691 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6692 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6693 if (FD && 6694 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6695 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6696 // involve a parameter 6697 unsigned ParamNum = 6698 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6699 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6700 } 6701 } 6702 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6703 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6704 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6705 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6706 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6707 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6708 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6709 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6710 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6711 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6712 Previous.clear(); 6713 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6714 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6715 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6716 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6717 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6718 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6719 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6720 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6721 } 6722 } 6723 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6724 6725 NamedDecl *Result; 6726 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6727 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6728 { 6729 // Trap errors. 6730 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6731 6732 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6733 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6734 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6735 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6736 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6737 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6738 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6739 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6740 6741 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6742 Result = nullptr; 6743 } 6744 6745 if (Result) { 6746 // Determine which correction we picked. 6747 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6748 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6749 I != E; ++I) 6750 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6751 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6752 6753 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6754 Correction, 6755 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6756 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6757 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6758 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6759 return Result; 6760 } 6761 6762 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6763 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6764 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6765 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6766 Previous.clear(); 6767 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6768 } 6769 6770 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6771 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6772 6773 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6774 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6775 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6776 6777 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6778 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6779 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6780 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6781 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6782 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6783 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6784 6785 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6786 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6787 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6788 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6789 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6790 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6791 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6792 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6793 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6794 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6795 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6796 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6797 } else 6798 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6799 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6800 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6801 } 6802 return nullptr; 6803 } 6804 6805 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 6806 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6807 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6808 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6809 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6810 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6811 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6812 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6813 D.setInvalidType(); 6814 break; 6815 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6816 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6817 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6818 return SC_None; 6819 return SC_Extern; 6820 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6821 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6822 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6823 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6824 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6825 // other than extern 6826 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6827 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6828 diag::err_static_block_func); 6829 break; 6830 } else 6831 return SC_Static; 6832 } 6833 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6834 } 6835 6836 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6837 return SC_None; 6838 } 6839 6840 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6841 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6842 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6843 StorageClass SC, 6844 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6845 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6846 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6847 6848 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6849 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6850 6851 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6852 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6853 // prototype. This true when: 6854 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6855 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6856 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6857 bool HasPrototype = 6858 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6859 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6860 6861 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6862 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6863 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6864 HasPrototype, false); 6865 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6866 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6867 6868 return NewFD; 6869 } 6870 6871 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6872 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6873 6874 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6875 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6876 // the class has been completely parsed. 6877 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6878 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6879 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6880 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6881 D.setInvalidType(); 6882 6883 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6884 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6885 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6886 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6887 6888 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6889 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6890 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6891 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6892 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6893 isConstexpr); 6894 6895 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6896 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6897 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6898 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6899 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6900 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6901 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6902 D.getLocStart(), 6903 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6904 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6905 6906 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6907 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6908 // it yet. 6909 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6910 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6911 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6912 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6913 } 6914 6915 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6916 return NewDD; 6917 6918 } else { 6919 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6920 D.setInvalidType(); 6921 6922 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6923 // code path. 6924 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6925 D.getLocStart(), 6926 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6927 SC, isInline, 6928 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6929 } 6930 6931 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6932 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6933 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6934 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6935 return nullptr; 6936 } 6937 6938 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6939 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6940 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6941 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6942 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6943 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6944 6945 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6946 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6947 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6948 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6949 // constructor if it has no return type). 6950 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6951 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6952 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6953 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6954 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6955 return nullptr; 6956 } 6957 6958 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6959 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6960 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6961 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6962 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6963 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6964 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6965 return Ret; 6966 } else { 6967 bool isFriend = 6968 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6969 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 6970 return nullptr; 6971 6972 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6973 // prototype. This true when: 6974 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6975 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6976 D.getLocStart(), 6977 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6978 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6979 } 6980 } 6981 6982 enum OpenCLParamType { 6983 ValidKernelParam, 6984 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6985 PtrKernelParam, 6986 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 6987 InvalidKernelParam, 6988 RecordKernelParam 6989 }; 6990 6991 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6992 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6993 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6994 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 6995 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 6996 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 6997 : PtrKernelParam; 6998 } 6999 7000 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7001 // be used as builtin types. 7002 7003 if (PT->isImageType()) 7004 return PtrKernelParam; 7005 7006 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7007 return InvalidKernelParam; 7008 7009 if (PT->isEventT()) 7010 return InvalidKernelParam; 7011 7012 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7013 return InvalidKernelParam; 7014 7015 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7016 return RecordKernelParam; 7017 7018 return ValidKernelParam; 7019 } 7020 7021 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7022 Sema &S, 7023 Declarator &D, 7024 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7025 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7026 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7027 7028 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7029 // used again 7030 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7031 return; 7032 7033 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7034 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7035 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7036 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7037 // pointer to a pointer type. 7038 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7039 D.setInvalidType(); 7040 return; 7041 7042 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7043 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7044 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7045 // pointer to the private address space. 7046 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7047 D.setInvalidType(); 7048 return; 7049 7050 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7051 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7052 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7053 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7054 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7055 7056 case InvalidKernelParam: 7057 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7058 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7059 // of event_t type. 7060 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7061 D.setInvalidType(); 7062 return; 7063 7064 case PtrKernelParam: 7065 case ValidKernelParam: 7066 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7067 return; 7068 7069 case RecordKernelParam: 7070 break; 7071 } 7072 7073 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7074 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7075 7076 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7077 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7078 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7079 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7080 7081 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7082 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7083 7084 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7085 7086 do { 7087 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7088 if (!Next) { 7089 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7090 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7091 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7092 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7093 7094 continue; 7095 } 7096 7097 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7098 // field itself) to the history stack. 7099 const RecordDecl *RD; 7100 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7101 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7102 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7103 } else { 7104 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7105 } 7106 7107 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7108 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7109 7110 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7111 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7112 7113 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7114 continue; 7115 7116 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7117 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7118 continue; 7119 7120 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7121 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7122 continue; 7123 } 7124 7125 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7126 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7127 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7128 // union. 7129 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7130 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7131 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7132 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7133 << PT->isUnionType() 7134 << PT; 7135 } else { 7136 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7137 } 7138 7139 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7140 << PD->getDeclName(); 7141 7142 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7143 // the offending field came from 7144 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7145 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7146 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7147 I != E; ++I) { 7148 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7149 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7150 << OuterField->getType(); 7151 } 7152 7153 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7154 << QT->isPointerType() 7155 << QT; 7156 D.setInvalidType(); 7157 return; 7158 } 7159 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7160 } 7161 7162 NamedDecl* 7163 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7164 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7165 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7166 bool &AddToScope) { 7167 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7168 7169 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7170 7171 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7172 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7173 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7174 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7175 7176 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7177 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7178 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7179 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7180 7181 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7182 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 7183 7184 bool isFriend = false; 7185 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7186 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7187 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7188 7189 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7190 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7191 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7192 7193 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7194 7195 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7196 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7197 7198 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7199 isVirtualOkay); 7200 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7201 7202 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7203 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7204 7205 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7206 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7207 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7208 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7209 7210 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7211 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7212 7213 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7214 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7215 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7216 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7217 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7218 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7219 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7220 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7221 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7222 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7223 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7224 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7225 } 7226 7227 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7228 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7229 // return true). 7230 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7231 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7232 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7233 NewFD->setPure(true); 7234 7235 // C++ [class.union]p2 7236 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7237 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7238 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7239 } 7240 7241 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7242 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7243 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7244 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7245 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7246 7247 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7248 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7249 bool Invalid = false; 7250 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7251 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7252 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7253 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7254 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7255 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7256 : nullptr, 7257 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7258 Invalid)) { 7259 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7260 // This is a function template 7261 7262 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7263 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7264 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7265 7266 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7267 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7268 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7269 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7270 } 7271 7272 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7273 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7274 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7275 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7276 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7277 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7278 Invalid = true; 7279 } 7280 7281 7282 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7283 NewFD->getLocation(), 7284 Name, TemplateParams, 7285 NewFD); 7286 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7287 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7288 7289 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7290 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7291 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7292 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 7293 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7294 } 7295 } else { 7296 // This is a function template specialization. 7297 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7298 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7299 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7300 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7301 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7302 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7303 7304 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7305 if (isFriend) { 7306 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7307 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7308 7309 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7310 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7311 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7312 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7313 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7314 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7315 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7316 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7317 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7318 } 7319 7320 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7321 << Name << RemoveRange 7322 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7323 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7324 } 7325 } 7326 } 7327 else { 7328 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7329 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7330 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7331 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7332 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7333 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7334 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7335 } 7336 7337 if (Invalid) { 7338 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7339 if (FunctionTemplate) 7340 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7341 } 7342 7343 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7344 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7345 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7346 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7347 // 7348 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7349 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7350 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7351 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7352 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7353 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7354 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7355 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7356 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7357 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7358 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7359 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7360 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7361 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7362 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7363 } else { 7364 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7365 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7366 } 7367 7368 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7369 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7370 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7371 } 7372 7373 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7374 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7375 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7376 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7377 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7378 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7379 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7380 // thing to do. 7381 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7382 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7383 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7384 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7385 QualType Result = 7386 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7387 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7388 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7389 } 7390 7391 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7392 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7393 // declaration. 7394 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7395 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7396 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7397 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7398 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7399 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7400 } 7401 } 7402 7403 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7404 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7405 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7406 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7407 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7408 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7409 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7410 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7411 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7412 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7413 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7414 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7415 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7416 // or conversion function. 7417 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7418 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7419 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7420 } 7421 } 7422 7423 if (isConstexpr) { 7424 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7425 // are implicitly inline. 7426 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7427 7428 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7429 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7430 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7431 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7432 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7433 } 7434 7435 if (isConcept) { 7436 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7437 // applied only to the definition of a function template... 7438 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7439 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7440 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7441 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7442 } 7443 7444 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7445 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7446 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7447 } 7448 7449 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7450 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7451 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7452 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7453 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7454 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7455 << 0 7456 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7457 } else { 7458 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7459 if (FunctionTemplate) 7460 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7461 } 7462 } 7463 7464 if (isFriend) { 7465 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7466 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7467 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7468 } 7469 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7470 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7471 } 7472 7473 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7474 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7475 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7476 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7477 case FDK_Declaration: 7478 case FDK_Definition: 7479 break; 7480 7481 case FDK_Defaulted: 7482 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7483 break; 7484 7485 case FDK_Deleted: 7486 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7487 break; 7488 } 7489 7490 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7491 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7492 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7493 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7494 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7495 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7496 } 7497 7498 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7499 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7500 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7501 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7502 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7503 // the class. 7504 7505 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7506 // member function definition. 7507 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7508 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7509 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7510 } 7511 7512 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7513 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7514 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7515 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7516 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7517 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7518 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7519 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7520 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7521 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7522 } 7523 7524 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7525 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7526 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7527 isExplicitSpecialization || 7528 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7529 7530 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7531 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7532 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7533 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7534 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7535 SE->getString(), 0)); 7536 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7537 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7538 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7539 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7540 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7541 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7542 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7543 } else 7544 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7545 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7546 } 7547 } 7548 7549 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7550 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7551 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7552 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7553 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7554 7555 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7556 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7557 // single void argument. 7558 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7559 // already checks for that case. 7560 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7561 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7562 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7563 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7564 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7565 Params.push_back(Param); 7566 7567 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7568 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7569 } 7570 } 7571 7572 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7573 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7574 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7575 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7576 // 7577 // @code 7578 // typedef void fn(int); 7579 // fn f; 7580 // @endcode 7581 7582 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7583 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7584 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7585 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7586 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7587 Params.push_back(Param); 7588 } 7589 } else { 7590 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7591 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7592 } 7593 7594 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7595 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7596 7597 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7598 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7599 // 7600 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7601 // 7602 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7603 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7604 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7605 7606 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7607 NewFD->addAttr( 7608 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7609 Context, 0)); 7610 7611 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7612 // because all functions have linkage. 7613 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7614 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7615 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7616 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7617 } 7618 7619 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7620 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7621 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7622 NewFD->addAttr( 7623 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7624 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7625 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7626 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7627 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7628 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7629 NewFD)) 7630 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7631 } 7632 7633 // Handle attributes. 7634 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7635 7636 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7637 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7638 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7639 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 7640 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7641 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7642 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7643 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7644 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7645 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7646 } 7647 } 7648 7649 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7650 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7651 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7652 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7653 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7654 7655 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7656 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7657 7658 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7659 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7660 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7661 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7662 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7663 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7664 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7665 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7666 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7667 7668 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7669 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7670 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7671 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7672 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7673 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7674 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7675 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7676 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7677 int DiagID = 7678 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7679 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7680 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7681 } 7682 } 7683 } else { 7684 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7685 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7686 // 7687 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7688 // 7689 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7690 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7691 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7692 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7693 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7694 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7695 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7696 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7697 7698 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7699 // argument list into our AST format. 7700 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7701 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7702 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7703 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7704 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7705 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7706 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7707 TemplateArgs); 7708 7709 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7710 7711 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7712 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7713 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7714 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7715 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7716 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7717 7718 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7719 } else { 7720 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7721 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7722 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7723 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7724 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7725 } 7726 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7727 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7728 // wrote something like: 7729 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7730 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7731 // friend void foo<>(int); 7732 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7733 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7734 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7735 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7736 } 7737 7738 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7739 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7740 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7741 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7742 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7743 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7744 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7745 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7746 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7747 InstantiationDependent))) { 7748 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7749 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7750 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7751 Previous)) 7752 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7753 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7754 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7755 && !isFriend) { 7756 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7757 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7758 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7759 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7760 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7761 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7762 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7763 : nullptr), 7764 Previous)) 7765 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7766 7767 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7768 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7769 // specialization (14.7.3) 7770 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7771 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7772 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7773 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7774 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7775 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7776 << SC 7777 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7778 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7779 7780 else 7781 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7782 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7783 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7784 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7785 } 7786 7787 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7788 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7789 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7790 } 7791 7792 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7793 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7794 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7795 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7796 7797 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7798 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7799 7800 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7801 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7802 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7803 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7804 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7805 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7806 } 7807 7808 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7809 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7810 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7811 7812 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7813 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7814 : NewFD); 7815 7816 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7817 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7818 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7819 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7820 7821 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7822 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7823 } 7824 7825 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7826 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7827 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7828 7829 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7830 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7831 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7832 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7833 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7834 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7835 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7836 : nullptr, 7837 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7838 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7839 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7840 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7841 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7842 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7843 DC->isDependentContext()) 7844 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7845 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7846 } 7847 7848 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7849 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7850 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7851 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7852 AddToScope }; 7853 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7854 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7855 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7856 7857 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7858 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7859 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7860 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7861 7862 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7863 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7864 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7865 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7866 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7867 // can actually do this check immediately. 7868 if (isFriend && 7869 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7870 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7871 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7872 // ignore these 7873 } else { 7874 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7875 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7876 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7877 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7878 // 7879 // class X { 7880 // void f() const; 7881 // }; 7882 // 7883 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7884 // 7885 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7886 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7887 // whether the parameter types are references). 7888 7889 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7890 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7891 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7892 return Result; 7893 } 7894 } 7895 7896 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7897 // to something. 7898 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7899 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7900 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7901 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7902 return Result; 7903 } 7904 } 7905 7906 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7907 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7908 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7909 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7910 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7911 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7912 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7913 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7914 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7915 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7916 // generate them. 7917 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7918 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7919 } 7920 } 7921 7922 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7923 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7924 7925 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7926 7927 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7928 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7929 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7930 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7931 << NewFD; 7932 7933 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7934 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7935 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7936 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7937 EPI.Variadic = true; 7938 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7939 7940 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7941 NewFD->setType(R); 7942 } 7943 7944 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7945 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7946 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7947 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7948 7949 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7950 // marking the function. 7951 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7952 7953 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7954 // a pragma. 7955 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7956 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7957 7958 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7959 // the map of such variables. 7960 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7961 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7962 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7963 7964 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7965 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7966 7967 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7968 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7969 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7970 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7971 } 7972 7973 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7974 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7975 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7976 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7977 return FunctionTemplate; 7978 } 7979 } 7980 7981 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7982 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7983 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7984 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7985 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7986 D.setInvalidType(); 7987 } 7988 7989 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7990 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7991 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7992 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 7993 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 7994 : FixItHint()); 7995 D.setInvalidType(); 7996 } 7997 7998 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7999 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8000 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8001 } 8002 8003 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8004 8005 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8006 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 8007 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8008 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8009 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 8010 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8011 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8012 8013 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8014 } 8015 } 8016 8017 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8018 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8019 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8020 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8021 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8022 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8023 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8024 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8025 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8026 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8027 AddToScope = false; 8028 } 8029 8030 return NewFD; 8031 } 8032 8033 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8034 /// 8035 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8036 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8037 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8038 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8039 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8040 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8041 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8042 /// 8043 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8044 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8045 /// 8046 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8047 /// 8048 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8049 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8050 LookupResult &Previous, 8051 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8052 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8053 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8054 8055 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8056 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8057 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8058 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8059 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8060 8061 bool Redeclaration = false; 8062 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8063 8064 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8065 // the same name, if appropriate. 8066 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8067 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8068 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8069 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8070 // function to the scope. 8071 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8072 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8073 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8074 Redeclaration = true; 8075 OldDecl = Candidate; 8076 } 8077 } else { 8078 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8079 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8080 case Ovl_Match: 8081 Redeclaration = true; 8082 break; 8083 8084 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8085 Redeclaration = true; 8086 break; 8087 8088 case Ovl_Overload: 8089 Redeclaration = false; 8090 break; 8091 } 8092 8093 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8094 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8095 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8096 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8097 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8098 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8099 if (Redeclaration) 8100 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8101 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8102 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8103 if (OverloadedDecl) 8104 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8105 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8106 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8107 } 8108 } 8109 } 8110 8111 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8112 if (!Redeclaration && 8113 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8114 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8115 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8116 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8117 Redeclaration = true; 8118 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8119 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8120 8121 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8122 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8123 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8124 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8125 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8126 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8127 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8128 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8129 } 8130 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8131 Redeclaration = false; 8132 OldDecl = nullptr; 8133 } 8134 } 8135 } 8136 } 8137 8138 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8139 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8140 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8141 // 8142 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8143 // definition of a static member function. 8144 // 8145 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8146 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8147 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8148 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8149 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8150 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8151 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8152 if (OldDecl) 8153 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8154 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8155 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8156 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8157 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8158 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8159 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8160 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8161 8162 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8163 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8164 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8165 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8166 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8167 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8168 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8169 8170 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8171 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8172 } 8173 } 8174 } 8175 8176 if (Redeclaration) { 8177 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8178 // merged. 8179 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8180 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8181 return Redeclaration; 8182 } 8183 8184 Previous.clear(); 8185 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8186 8187 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8188 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8189 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8190 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8191 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8192 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8193 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8194 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8195 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8196 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8197 } 8198 8199 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8200 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8201 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8202 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8203 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8204 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8205 } 8206 8207 } else { 8208 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8209 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8210 8211 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8212 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8213 } 8214 } 8215 8216 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8217 8218 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8219 // C++-specific checks. 8220 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8221 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8222 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8223 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8224 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8225 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8226 8227 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8228 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8229 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8230 DeclarationName Name 8231 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8232 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8233 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8234 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8235 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8236 return Redeclaration; 8237 } 8238 } 8239 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8240 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8241 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8242 } 8243 8244 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8245 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8246 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8247 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8248 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8249 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8250 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8251 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8252 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8253 } 8254 } 8255 } 8256 8257 if (Method->isStatic()) 8258 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8259 } 8260 8261 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8262 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8263 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8264 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8265 return Redeclaration; 8266 } 8267 8268 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8269 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8270 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8271 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8272 return Redeclaration; 8273 } 8274 8275 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8276 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8277 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8278 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8279 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8280 8281 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8282 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8283 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8284 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8285 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8286 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8287 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8288 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8289 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8290 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8291 } 8292 } 8293 8294 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8295 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8296 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8297 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8298 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8299 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8300 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8301 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8302 << NewFD << R; 8303 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8304 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8305 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8306 } 8307 } 8308 return Redeclaration; 8309 } 8310 8311 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8312 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8313 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8314 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8315 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8316 // appear in a declaration of main. 8317 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8318 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8319 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8320 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8321 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8322 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8323 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8324 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8325 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8326 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8327 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8328 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8329 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8330 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8331 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8332 } 8333 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8334 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8335 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8336 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8337 } 8338 8339 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8340 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8341 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8342 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8343 return; 8344 } 8345 8346 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8347 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8348 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8349 8350 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8351 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8352 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8353 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8354 8355 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8356 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8357 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8358 else { 8359 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8360 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8361 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8362 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8363 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8364 } 8365 } else { 8366 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8367 // set the flag which tells us that. 8368 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8369 8370 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8371 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8372 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8373 else { 8374 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8375 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8376 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8377 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8378 : FixItHint()); 8379 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8380 } 8381 } 8382 8383 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8384 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8385 8386 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8387 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8388 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8389 8390 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8391 8392 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8393 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8394 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8395 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8396 } 8397 8398 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8399 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8400 // getting shifty. 8401 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8402 HasExtraParameters = false; 8403 8404 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8405 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8406 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8407 nparams = 3; 8408 } 8409 8410 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8411 // if we had some location information about types. 8412 8413 QualType CharPP = 8414 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8415 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8416 8417 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8418 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8419 8420 bool mismatch = true; 8421 8422 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8423 mismatch = false; 8424 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8425 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8426 // char const ** 8427 // char const * const * 8428 // char * const * 8429 8430 QualifierCollector qs; 8431 const PointerType* PT; 8432 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8433 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8434 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8435 Context.CharTy)) { 8436 qs.removeConst(); 8437 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8438 } 8439 } 8440 8441 if (mismatch) { 8442 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8443 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8444 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8445 } 8446 } 8447 8448 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8449 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8450 } 8451 8452 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8453 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8454 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8455 } 8456 } 8457 8458 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8459 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8460 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8461 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8462 8463 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8464 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8465 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8466 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8467 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8468 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8469 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8470 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8471 8472 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8473 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8474 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8475 } 8476 } 8477 8478 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8479 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8480 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8481 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8482 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8483 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8484 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8485 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8486 // rules there don't matter.) 8487 const Expr *Culprit; 8488 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8489 return false; 8490 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8491 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8492 return true; 8493 } 8494 8495 namespace { 8496 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8497 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8498 class SelfReferenceChecker 8499 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8500 Sema &S; 8501 Decl *OrigDecl; 8502 bool isRecordType; 8503 bool isPODType; 8504 bool isReferenceType; 8505 8506 bool isInitList; 8507 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8508 public: 8509 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8510 8511 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8512 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8513 isPODType = false; 8514 isRecordType = false; 8515 isReferenceType = false; 8516 isInitList = false; 8517 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8518 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8519 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8520 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8521 } 8522 } 8523 8524 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8525 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8526 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8527 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8528 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8529 if (!InitList) { 8530 Visit(E); 8531 return; 8532 } 8533 8534 // Track and increment the index here. 8535 isInitList = true; 8536 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8537 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8538 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8539 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8540 } 8541 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8542 } 8543 8544 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8545 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8546 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8547 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8548 Expr *Base = E; 8549 bool ReferenceField = false; 8550 8551 // Get the field memebers used. 8552 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8553 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8554 if (!FD) 8555 return false; 8556 Fields.push_back(FD); 8557 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8558 ReferenceField = true; 8559 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8560 } 8561 8562 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8563 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8564 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8565 return false; 8566 8567 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8568 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8569 return true; 8570 8571 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8572 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8573 for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) { 8574 UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex()); 8575 } 8576 8577 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8578 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8579 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8580 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8581 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8582 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8583 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8584 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8585 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8586 return true; 8587 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8588 break; 8589 } 8590 8591 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8592 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8593 return true; 8594 } 8595 8596 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8597 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8598 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8599 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8600 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8601 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8602 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8603 return; 8604 } 8605 8606 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8607 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8608 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8609 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8610 return; 8611 } 8612 8613 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8614 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8615 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8616 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8617 return; 8618 } 8619 8620 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8621 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8622 return; 8623 } 8624 8625 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8626 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8627 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8628 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8629 return; 8630 } 8631 } 8632 8633 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8634 if (isInitList) { 8635 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8636 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8637 return; 8638 } 8639 8640 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8641 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8642 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8643 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8644 return; 8645 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8646 } 8647 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8648 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8649 return; 8650 } 8651 8652 Visit(E); 8653 } 8654 8655 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8656 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8657 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8658 if (isReferenceType) 8659 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8660 } 8661 8662 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8663 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8664 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8665 return; 8666 } 8667 8668 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8669 } 8670 8671 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8672 if (isInitList) { 8673 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8674 return; 8675 } 8676 8677 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8678 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8679 8680 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8681 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8682 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8683 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8684 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8685 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8686 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8687 Warn = false; 8688 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8689 } 8690 8691 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8692 if (Warn) 8693 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8694 return; 8695 } 8696 8697 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8698 // Visit that expression. 8699 Visit(Base); 8700 } 8701 8702 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8703 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8704 8705 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8706 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8707 8708 Visit(Callee); 8709 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8710 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8711 } 8712 8713 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8714 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8715 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8716 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8717 if (!isPODType) 8718 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8719 return; 8720 } 8721 8722 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8723 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8724 return; 8725 } 8726 8727 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8728 } 8729 8730 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8731 8732 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8733 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8734 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8735 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8736 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8737 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8738 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8739 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8740 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8741 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8742 return; 8743 } 8744 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8745 } 8746 8747 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8748 // Treat std::move as a use. 8749 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8750 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8751 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8752 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8753 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8754 return; 8755 } 8756 } 8757 } 8758 8759 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8760 } 8761 8762 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8763 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8764 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8765 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8766 return; 8767 } 8768 8769 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8770 } 8771 8772 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8773 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8774 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8775 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8776 Visit(E->getCond()); 8777 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8778 } 8779 8780 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8781 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8782 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8783 unsigned diag; 8784 if (isReferenceType) { 8785 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8786 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8787 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8788 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8789 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8790 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 8791 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8792 } else { 8793 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 8794 return; 8795 } 8796 8797 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8798 S.PDiag(diag) 8799 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8800 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8801 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8802 } 8803 }; 8804 8805 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8806 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8807 bool DirectInit) { 8808 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8809 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8810 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8811 return; 8812 8813 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8814 8815 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8816 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8817 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8818 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8819 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8820 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8821 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8822 return; 8823 8824 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 8825 } 8826 } 8827 8828 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8829 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8830 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8831 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8832 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8833 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8834 // the initializer. 8835 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8836 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 8837 return; 8838 } 8839 8840 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8841 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 8842 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8843 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8844 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8845 return; 8846 } 8847 8848 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8849 if (!VDecl) { 8850 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8851 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8852 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8853 return; 8854 } 8855 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8856 8857 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8858 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8859 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 8860 // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a 8861 // TypoExpr. 8862 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 8863 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 8864 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8865 return; 8866 } 8867 8868 if (Res.get() != Init) { 8869 Init = Res.get(); 8870 if (CXXDirectInit) 8871 CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8872 } 8873 8874 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8875 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8876 // contains exactly one expression. 8877 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8878 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8879 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8880 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8881 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8882 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8883 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8884 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8885 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8886 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8887 return; 8888 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8889 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8890 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8891 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8892 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8893 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8894 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8895 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8896 return; 8897 } else { 8898 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8899 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8900 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8901 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8902 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8903 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8904 } 8905 } 8906 8907 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8908 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8909 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8910 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8911 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8912 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8913 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8914 return; 8915 } 8916 Init = Result.get(); 8917 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8918 } 8919 8920 QualType DeducedType; 8921 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8922 DAR_Failed) 8923 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8924 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8925 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8926 return; 8927 } 8928 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8929 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8930 8931 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8932 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8933 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8934 8935 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8936 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8937 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8938 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8939 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8940 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8941 SourceLocation Loc = 8942 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8943 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8944 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8945 } 8946 8947 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8948 // the previously declared type. 8949 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8950 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8951 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8952 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8953 } 8954 8955 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8956 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8957 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8958 return; 8959 8960 // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when 8961 // we implement N3922. 8962 if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 8963 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), 8964 diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init) 8965 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "="); 8966 } 8967 } 8968 8969 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8970 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8971 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8972 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8973 return; 8974 } 8975 8976 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8977 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8978 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8979 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8980 return; 8981 } 8982 8983 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8984 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8985 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8986 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8987 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8988 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8989 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8990 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8991 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8992 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8993 return; 8994 } 8995 8996 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8997 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8998 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8999 AbstractVariableType)) 9000 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9001 } 9002 9003 VarDecl *Def; 9004 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9005 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9006 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9007 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9008 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9009 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9010 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9011 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9012 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9013 } else { 9014 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9015 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9016 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9017 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9018 return; 9019 } 9020 } 9021 9022 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9023 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9024 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9025 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9026 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9027 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9028 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9029 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9030 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9031 // 9032 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9033 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9034 // declaration with an initializer. 9035 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9036 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9037 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9038 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9039 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9040 << 0; 9041 return; 9042 } 9043 9044 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9045 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9046 9047 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9048 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9049 return; 9050 } 9051 } 9052 9053 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9054 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9055 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 9056 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9057 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9058 return; 9059 } 9060 9061 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9062 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9063 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9064 9065 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9066 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9067 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9068 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9069 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9070 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9071 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9072 return; 9073 } 9074 Init = Result.get(); 9075 } 9076 9077 // Perform the initialization. 9078 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9079 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9080 InitializationKind Kind 9081 = DirectInit ? 9082 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9083 Init->getLocStart(), 9084 Init->getLocEnd()) 9085 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 9086 VDecl->getLocation()) 9087 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9088 Init->getLocStart()); 9089 9090 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9091 if (CXXDirectInit) 9092 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9093 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9094 9095 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9096 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9097 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9098 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9099 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9100 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9101 }); 9102 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9103 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9104 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9105 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9106 } 9107 } 9108 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9109 return; 9110 9111 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 9112 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9113 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9114 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9115 return; 9116 } 9117 9118 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9119 } 9120 9121 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9122 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9123 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9124 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9125 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9126 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9127 } 9128 9129 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9130 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9131 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9132 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9133 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9134 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9135 9136 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9137 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9138 9139 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9140 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9141 9142 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9143 // Although this code can still have problems: 9144 // id x = self.weakProp; 9145 // id y = self.weakProp; 9146 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9147 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9148 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9149 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9150 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9151 Init->getLocStart())) 9152 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9153 } 9154 9155 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9156 // 9157 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9158 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9159 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9160 // 9161 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9162 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9163 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9164 // 9165 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9166 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9167 false, 9168 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9169 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9170 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9171 return; 9172 } 9173 Init = Result.get(); 9174 9175 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9176 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9177 9178 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9179 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9180 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9181 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9182 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9183 const Expr *Culprit; 9184 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9185 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9186 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9187 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9188 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9189 // constant expressions. 9190 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9191 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9192 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9193 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9194 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9195 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9196 } 9197 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9198 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9199 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9200 // 9201 // struct S { 9202 // static const int value = 17; 9203 // }; 9204 9205 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9206 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9207 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9208 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9209 // 9210 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9211 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9212 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9213 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9214 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9215 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9216 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9217 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9218 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9219 9220 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9221 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9222 9223 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9224 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9225 // type. 9226 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9227 9228 // Require constness. 9229 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9230 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9231 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9232 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9233 9234 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9235 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9236 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9237 SourceLocation Loc; 9238 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9239 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9240 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9241 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9242 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9243 ; // Nothing to check. 9244 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9245 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9246 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9247 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9248 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9249 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9250 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9251 } else { 9252 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9253 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9254 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9255 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9256 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9257 } 9258 9259 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9260 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9261 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9262 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9263 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9264 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9265 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9266 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9267 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9268 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9269 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9270 } else { 9271 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9272 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9273 9274 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9275 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9276 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9277 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9278 } 9279 } 9280 9281 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9282 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9283 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9284 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9285 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9286 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9287 9288 } else { 9289 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9290 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9291 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9292 } 9293 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9294 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9295 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9296 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9297 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9298 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9299 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9300 9301 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9302 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9303 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9304 } 9305 9306 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9307 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9308 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9309 // 9310 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9311 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9312 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9313 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9314 // special case code. 9315 9316 // C++ 8.5p11: 9317 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9318 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9319 // class type. 9320 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9321 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9322 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9323 } else if (DirectInit) { 9324 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9325 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9326 } 9327 9328 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9329 } 9330 9331 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9332 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9333 /// of sanity. 9334 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9335 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9336 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9337 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9338 9339 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9340 if (!VD) return; 9341 9342 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9343 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9344 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9345 return; 9346 } 9347 9348 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9349 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9350 9351 // Require a complete type. 9352 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9353 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9354 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9355 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9356 return; 9357 } 9358 9359 // Require a non-abstract type. 9360 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9361 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9362 AbstractVariableType)) { 9363 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9364 return; 9365 } 9366 9367 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9368 // though. 9369 } 9370 9371 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9372 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9373 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9374 if (!RealDecl) 9375 return; 9376 9377 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9378 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9379 9380 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9381 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9382 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9383 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9384 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9385 return; 9386 } 9387 9388 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9389 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9390 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9391 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9392 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9393 // member. 9394 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9395 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9396 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9397 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9398 << Var->getDeclName(); 9399 else 9400 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9401 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9402 return; 9403 } 9404 9405 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9406 // be initialized. 9407 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9408 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9409 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9410 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9411 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9412 return; 9413 } 9414 9415 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9416 case VarDecl::Definition: 9417 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9418 break; 9419 9420 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9421 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9422 // a declaration. 9423 // 9424 // Fall through 9425 9426 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9427 // It's only a declaration. 9428 9429 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9430 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9431 // object shall be complete. 9432 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9433 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9434 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9435 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9436 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9437 9438 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9439 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9440 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9441 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9442 AbstractVariableType)) 9443 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9444 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9445 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9446 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9447 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9448 } 9449 9450 return; 9451 9452 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9453 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9454 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9455 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9456 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9457 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9458 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9459 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9460 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9461 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9462 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9463 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9464 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9465 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9466 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9467 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9468 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9469 // NOTE: code such as the following 9470 // static struct s; 9471 // struct s { int a; }; 9472 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9473 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9474 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9475 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9476 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9477 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9478 } 9479 } 9480 9481 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9482 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9483 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9484 return; 9485 } 9486 9487 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9488 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9489 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9490 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9491 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9492 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9493 return; 9494 } 9495 9496 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9497 // definitions with reference type. 9498 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9499 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9500 << Var->getDeclName() 9501 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9502 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9503 return; 9504 } 9505 9506 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9507 // variable with dependent type. 9508 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9509 return; 9510 9511 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9512 return; 9513 9514 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9515 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9516 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9517 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9518 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9519 return; 9520 } 9521 } else { 9522 return; 9523 } 9524 9525 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9526 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9527 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9528 AbstractVariableType)) { 9529 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9530 return; 9531 } 9532 9533 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9534 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9535 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9536 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9537 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9538 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9539 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9540 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9541 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9542 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9543 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9544 if (const RecordType *Record 9545 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9546 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9547 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9548 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9549 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9550 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9551 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9552 } 9553 } 9554 9555 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9556 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9557 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9558 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9559 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9560 // type shall have a user-declared default 9561 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9562 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9563 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9564 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9565 // program is ill-formed. 9566 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9567 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9568 // default-initialized; [...]. 9569 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9570 InitializationKind Kind 9571 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9572 9573 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9574 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9575 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9576 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9577 else if (Init.get()) { 9578 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9579 // This is important for template substitution. 9580 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9581 } 9582 9583 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9584 } 9585 } 9586 9587 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9588 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9589 if (!VD) { 9590 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9591 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9592 return; 9593 } 9594 9595 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9596 9597 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9598 int Error = -1; 9599 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9600 case SC_None: 9601 break; 9602 case SC_Extern: 9603 Error = 0; 9604 break; 9605 case SC_Static: 9606 Error = 1; 9607 break; 9608 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9609 Error = 2; 9610 break; 9611 case SC_Auto: 9612 Error = 3; 9613 break; 9614 case SC_Register: 9615 Error = 4; 9616 break; 9617 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9618 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9619 } 9620 if (Error != -1) { 9621 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9622 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9623 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9624 } 9625 } 9626 9627 StmtResult 9628 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9629 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9630 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9631 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9632 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9633 // A range-based for statement of the form 9634 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9635 // is equivalent to 9636 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9637 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9638 9639 const char *PrevSpec; 9640 unsigned DiagID; 9641 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9642 getPrintingPolicy()); 9643 9644 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9645 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9646 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9647 9648 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9649 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9650 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9651 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9652 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9653 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9654 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9655 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9656 } 9657 9658 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9659 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9660 9661 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9662 // local retaining variable. 9663 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9664 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9665 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9666 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9667 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9668 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9669 break; 9670 9671 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9672 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9673 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9674 break; 9675 } 9676 } 9677 9678 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9679 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9680 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9681 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9682 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9683 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9684 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9685 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9686 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9687 var->getLocation())) { 9688 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9689 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9690 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9691 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9692 9693 if (!prev) 9694 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9695 } 9696 9697 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9698 const Expr *Culprit; 9699 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9700 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9701 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9702 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9703 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9704 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9705 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9706 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9707 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9708 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9709 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9710 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9711 // initialization. 9712 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9713 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9714 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9715 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9716 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9717 } 9718 9719 } 9720 9721 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 9722 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 9723 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9724 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9725 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9726 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9727 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9728 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9729 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9730 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9731 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9732 } else { 9733 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9734 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9735 } 9736 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 9737 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9738 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9739 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9740 } 9741 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9742 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9743 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9744 9745 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9746 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9747 // attribute. 9748 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9749 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9750 CurInitSegLoc)); 9751 } 9752 9753 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9754 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9755 9756 QualType type = var->getType(); 9757 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9758 9759 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9760 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9761 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9762 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9763 9764 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9765 // constructing this copy. 9766 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9767 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9768 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9769 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9770 ExprResult result 9771 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9772 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9773 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9774 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9775 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9776 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9777 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9778 } 9779 } 9780 } 9781 9782 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9783 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9784 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9785 9786 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9787 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9788 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9789 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9790 var->getLocation())) { 9791 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9792 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9793 // warned about them. 9794 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9795 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9796 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9797 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9798 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9799 } 9800 9801 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9802 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9803 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9804 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9805 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9806 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9807 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9808 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9809 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9810 Notes.clear(); 9811 } 9812 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9813 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9814 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9815 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9816 } 9817 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9818 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9819 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9820 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9821 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9822 } 9823 } 9824 9825 // Require the destructor. 9826 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9827 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9828 } 9829 9830 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 9831 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 9832 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 9833 return true; 9834 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 9835 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 9836 return true; 9837 return false; 9838 } 9839 9840 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9841 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9842 void 9843 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9844 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9845 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9846 9847 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9848 if (!VD) 9849 return; 9850 9851 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9852 9853 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 9854 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 9855 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 9856 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 9857 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 9858 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 9859 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 9860 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 9861 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 9862 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 9863 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 9864 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 9865 } 9866 } 9867 } 9868 9869 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9870 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9871 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9872 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9873 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9874 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9875 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9876 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9877 } 9878 } 9879 } 9880 9881 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 9882 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 9883 9884 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9885 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 9886 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9887 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9888 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9889 // with a warning. 9890 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9891 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9892 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9893 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9894 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9895 9896 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9897 IsClassTemplateMember 9898 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9899 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9900 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9901 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9902 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9903 } 9904 } 9905 9906 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 9907 // isn't exported with the variable. 9908 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 9909 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 9910 << DLLAttr; 9911 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9912 } 9913 9914 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9915 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9916 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9917 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9918 } 9919 } 9920 9921 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9922 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9923 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9924 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9925 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9926 9927 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9928 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9929 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9930 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9931 9932 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9933 // tag values. 9934 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9935 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9936 return; 9937 9938 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9939 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9940 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9941 continue; 9942 } 9943 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9944 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9945 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9946 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9947 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9948 continue; 9949 } 9950 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9951 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9952 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9953 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9954 continue; 9955 } 9956 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9957 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9958 MagicValue, 9959 I->getMatchingCType(), 9960 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9961 I->getMustBeNull()); 9962 } 9963 } 9964 9965 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9966 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9967 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9968 9969 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9970 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9971 9972 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 9973 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9974 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9975 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9976 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9977 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9978 Decls.push_back(D); 9979 } 9980 9981 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9982 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 9983 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 9984 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9985 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9986 } 9987 } 9988 9989 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9990 } 9991 9992 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9993 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9994 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9995 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9996 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9997 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9998 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9999 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10000 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10001 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10002 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10003 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10004 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10005 QualType Deduced; 10006 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10007 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10008 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10009 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10010 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10011 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10012 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10013 break; 10014 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10015 if (!U.isNull()) { 10016 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10017 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10018 Deduced = U; 10019 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10020 DeducedDecl = D; 10021 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10022 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10023 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10024 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 10025 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10026 << U << D->getDeclName() 10027 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10028 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10029 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10030 break; 10031 } 10032 } 10033 } 10034 } 10035 } 10036 10037 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10038 10039 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10040 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10041 } 10042 10043 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10044 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10045 } 10046 10047 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10048 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10049 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10050 return; 10051 10052 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10053 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10054 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10055 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10056 return; 10057 10058 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10059 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10060 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10061 // additional declaration references: 10062 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10063 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10064 // 'struct S *pS;' 10065 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10066 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10067 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10068 Group = Group.slice(1); 10069 } 10070 } 10071 10072 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10073 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10074 if (!Comments.empty() && 10075 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10076 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10077 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10078 // 10079 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10080 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10081 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10082 // ahead through comments. 10083 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10084 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10085 } 10086 } 10087 10088 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10089 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10090 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10091 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10092 10093 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10094 10095 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10096 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10097 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10098 SC = SC_Register; 10099 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10100 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10101 SC = SC_Auto; 10102 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10103 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10104 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10105 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10106 } 10107 10108 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10109 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10110 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10111 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10112 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10113 << 0; 10114 10115 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10116 10117 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10118 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10119 10120 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10121 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10122 // parameter. 10123 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10124 10125 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10126 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10127 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10128 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10129 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10130 } 10131 } 10132 10133 // Ensure we have a valid name 10134 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10135 if (D.hasName()) { 10136 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10137 if (!II) { 10138 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10139 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10140 D.setInvalidType(true); 10141 } 10142 } 10143 10144 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10145 if (II) { 10146 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10147 ForRedeclaration); 10148 LookupName(R, S); 10149 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10150 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10151 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10152 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10153 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10154 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10155 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10156 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10157 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10158 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10159 10160 // Recover by removing the name 10161 II = nullptr; 10162 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10163 D.setInvalidType(true); 10164 } 10165 } 10166 } 10167 10168 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10169 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10170 // looking like class members in C++. 10171 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10172 D.getLocStart(), 10173 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10174 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10175 SC); 10176 10177 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10178 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10179 10180 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10181 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10182 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10183 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10184 10185 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10186 S->AddDecl(New); 10187 if (II) 10188 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10189 10190 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10191 10192 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10193 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10194 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10195 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10196 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10197 10198 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10199 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10200 } 10201 return New; 10202 } 10203 10204 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10205 /// typedef. 10206 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10207 SourceLocation Loc, 10208 QualType T) { 10209 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10210 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10211 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10212 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10213 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10214 SC_None, nullptr); 10215 Param->setImplicit(); 10216 return Param; 10217 } 10218 10219 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10220 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10221 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10222 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10223 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10224 return; 10225 10226 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10227 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10228 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10229 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10230 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10231 } 10232 } 10233 } 10234 10235 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10236 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10237 QualType ReturnTy, 10238 NamedDecl *D) { 10239 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10240 return; 10241 10242 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10243 // threshold. 10244 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10245 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10246 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10247 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10248 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10249 } 10250 10251 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10252 // threshold. 10253 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10254 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10255 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10256 continue; 10257 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10258 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10259 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10260 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10261 } 10262 } 10263 10264 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10265 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10266 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10267 StorageClass SC) { 10268 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10269 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10270 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10271 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10272 10273 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10274 10275 // Special cases for arrays: 10276 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10277 // - otherwise, it's an error 10278 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10279 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10280 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10281 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10282 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10283 } 10284 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10285 } else { 10286 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10287 } 10288 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10289 } 10290 10291 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10292 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10293 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10294 10295 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10296 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10297 // the class has been completely parsed. 10298 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10299 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10300 AbstractParamType)) 10301 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10302 10303 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10304 // passed by reference. 10305 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10306 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10307 Diag(NameLoc, 10308 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10309 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10310 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10311 New->setType(T); 10312 } 10313 10314 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10315 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10316 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10317 // an address space. 10318 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10319 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10320 // to be qualified with an address space. 10321 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10322 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10323 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10324 } 10325 } 10326 10327 return New; 10328 } 10329 10330 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10331 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10332 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10333 10334 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10335 // for a K&R function. 10336 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10337 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10338 --i; 10339 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10340 SmallString<256> Code; 10341 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10342 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10343 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10344 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10345 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10346 10347 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10348 // type. 10349 AttributeFactory attrs; 10350 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10351 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10352 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10353 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10354 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10355 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10356 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10357 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10358 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10359 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10360 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10361 } 10362 } 10363 } 10364 } 10365 10366 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 10367 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10368 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10369 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10370 10371 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10372 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 10373 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 10374 } 10375 10376 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10377 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10378 } 10379 10380 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10381 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10382 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10383 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10384 return false; 10385 10386 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10387 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10388 return false; 10389 10390 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10391 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10392 return false; 10393 10394 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10395 if (FD->isMain()) 10396 return false; 10397 10398 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10399 if (FD->isInlined()) 10400 return false; 10401 10402 // Don't warn about function templates. 10403 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10404 return false; 10405 10406 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10407 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10408 return false; 10409 10410 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10411 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10412 return false; 10413 10414 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10415 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10416 return false; 10417 10418 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10419 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10420 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10421 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10422 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10423 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10424 continue; 10425 10426 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10427 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10428 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10429 break; 10430 } 10431 10432 return MissingPrototype; 10433 } 10434 10435 void 10436 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10437 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 10438 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10439 // was an extern inline function. 10440 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10441 if (!Definition) 10442 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10443 return; 10444 10445 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10446 return; 10447 10448 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10449 // a template, it's OK to form another definition of it. 10450 // 10451 // FIXME: Should we skip the body of the function and use the old definition 10452 // in this case? That may be necessary for functions that return local types 10453 // through a deduced return type, or instantiate templates with local types. 10454 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10455 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 10456 Definition->isInlined() || 10457 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10458 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) 10459 return; 10460 10461 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10462 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10463 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10464 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10465 else 10466 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10467 10468 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10469 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10470 } 10471 10472 10473 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10474 Sema &S) { 10475 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10476 10477 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10478 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10479 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10480 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10481 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10482 10483 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10484 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10485 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10486 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10487 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10488 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10489 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10490 10491 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10492 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10493 10494 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10495 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10496 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10497 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10498 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10499 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10500 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10501 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10502 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10503 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10504 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10505 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10506 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10507 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10508 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10509 10510 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10511 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10512 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10513 } else { 10514 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10515 } 10516 ++I; 10517 } 10518 } 10519 10520 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 10521 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10522 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10523 10524 if (!D) 10525 return D; 10526 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10527 10528 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10529 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10530 else 10531 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10532 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10533 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10534 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10535 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10536 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10537 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10538 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10539 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10540 // have the LSI properly restored. 10541 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10542 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10543 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10544 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10545 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10546 } 10547 else 10548 // Enter a new function scope 10549 PushFunctionScope(); 10550 10551 // See if this is a redefinition. 10552 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 10553 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 10554 10555 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10556 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10557 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10558 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10559 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10560 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10561 } 10562 } 10563 10564 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10565 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10566 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10567 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10568 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10569 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10570 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10571 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10572 10573 if (FnBodyScope) 10574 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10575 10576 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10577 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10578 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10579 10580 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10581 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10582 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10583 10584 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10585 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10586 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10587 10588 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10589 } 10590 } 10591 10592 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10593 // introduce them into the function scope. 10594 if (FnBodyScope) { 10595 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10596 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10597 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10598 I != E; ++I) { 10599 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10600 10601 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 10602 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 10603 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 10604 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10605 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10606 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10607 if (DI == D) { 10608 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10609 break; 10610 } 10611 } 10612 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10613 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10614 } 10615 10616 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10617 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10618 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10619 10620 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10621 // accessible in this scope. 10622 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10623 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10624 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10625 } 10626 } 10627 } 10628 10629 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10630 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10631 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10632 10633 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10634 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10635 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10636 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10637 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10638 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10639 return D; 10640 } 10641 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10642 // a function template). 10643 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10644 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10645 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10646 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10647 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10648 10649 return D; 10650 } 10651 10652 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10653 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10654 /// optimization. 10655 /// 10656 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10657 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10658 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10659 /// use the named return value optimization. 10660 /// 10661 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10662 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10663 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10664 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10665 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10666 10667 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10668 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10669 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10670 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10671 } 10672 } 10673 } 10674 10675 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10676 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10677 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10678 return false; 10679 10680 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10681 // return type (yet). 10682 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10683 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10684 // we can still delay parsing it. 10685 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10686 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10687 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10688 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10689 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10690 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10691 } 10692 } 10693 return false; 10694 } 10695 10696 return true; 10697 } 10698 10699 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10700 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10701 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10702 // rest of the file. 10703 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10704 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10705 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10706 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10707 return false; 10708 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10709 } 10710 10711 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10712 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10713 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10714 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10715 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10716 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10717 } 10718 10719 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10720 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10721 } 10722 10723 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10724 bool IsInstantiation) { 10725 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10726 10727 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10728 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10729 10730 if (FD) { 10731 FD->setBody(Body); 10732 10733 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10734 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10735 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10736 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10737 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10738 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10739 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10740 << FD->getReturnType(); 10741 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10742 } else { 10743 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10744 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 10745 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10746 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10747 } 10748 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 10749 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 10750 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 10751 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 10752 10753 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 10754 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 10755 // [the deduced type is] the type void 10756 QualType RetType = 10757 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 10758 10759 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 10760 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 10761 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10762 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 10763 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 10764 } 10765 } 10766 10767 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10768 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10769 // is the first declaration. 10770 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10771 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10772 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10773 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10774 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 10775 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10776 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10777 } 10778 10779 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10780 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10781 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10782 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10783 10784 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10785 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10786 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10787 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10788 10789 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10790 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10791 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 10792 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10793 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10794 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10795 10796 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 10797 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10798 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10799 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 10800 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 10801 10802 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10803 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10804 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10805 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10806 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10807 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10808 } 10809 10810 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10811 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 10812 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 10813 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 10814 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 10815 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 10816 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 10817 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 10818 10819 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10820 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 10821 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 10822 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 10823 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 10824 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10825 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10826 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10827 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10828 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10829 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10830 } 10831 } 10832 } 10833 10834 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 10835 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 10836 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 10837 MD->isVirtual() && 10838 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 10839 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 10840 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 10841 if (FD->isInlined() && 10842 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 10843 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 10844 10845 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 10846 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 10847 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 10848 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 10849 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 10850 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10851 } else { 10852 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 10853 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10854 } 10855 } 10856 } 10857 10858 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10859 "Function parsing confused"); 10860 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10861 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10862 MD->setBody(Body); 10863 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10864 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10865 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10866 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10867 10868 if (Body) 10869 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10870 } 10871 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10872 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10873 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10874 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10875 } 10876 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10877 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10878 bool isDesignated = 10879 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10880 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10881 (void)isDesignated; 10882 10883 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10884 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10885 if (!IFace) 10886 return false; 10887 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10888 if (!SuperD) 10889 return false; 10890 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10891 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10892 }; 10893 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10894 // of NSObject. 10895 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10896 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10897 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10898 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10899 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10900 } 10901 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10902 } 10903 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10904 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10905 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10906 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10907 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10908 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10909 } 10910 } else { 10911 return nullptr; 10912 } 10913 10914 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10915 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10916 "handled in the block above."); 10917 10918 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10919 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 10920 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10921 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10922 // Verify this. 10923 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10924 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10925 10926 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10927 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10928 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10929 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10930 10931 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10932 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10933 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10934 10935 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10936 Destructor->getParent()); 10937 } 10938 10939 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10940 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10941 // deletion in some later function. 10942 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10943 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10944 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10945 } 10946 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10947 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10948 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10949 // enabled. 10950 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10951 } 10952 10953 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10954 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10955 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10956 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10957 10958 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 10959 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 10960 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 10961 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 10962 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10963 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10964 break; 10965 } 10966 } 10967 } 10968 10969 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 10970 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 10971 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 10972 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 10973 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 10974 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 10975 } 10976 10977 if (!IsInstantiation) 10978 PopDeclContext(); 10979 10980 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 10981 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10982 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10983 // deletion in some later function. 10984 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 10985 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10986 } 10987 10988 return dcl; 10989 } 10990 10991 10992 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 10993 /// relevant Decl. 10994 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 10995 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 10996 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 10997 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 10998 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 10999 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11000 11001 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11002 if (Method->isStatic()) 11003 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11004 } 11005 11006 11007 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11008 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11009 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11010 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11011 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11012 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11013 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11014 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11015 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11016 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11017 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11018 return ExternCPrev; 11019 } 11020 11021 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11022 unsigned diag_id; 11023 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11024 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11025 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11026 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11027 else 11028 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11029 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11030 11031 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11032 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11033 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11034 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11035 if (S && 11036 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11037 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11038 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11039 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11040 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11041 } 11042 11043 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11044 const char *Dummy; 11045 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11046 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11047 unsigned DiagID; 11048 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11049 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11050 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11051 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11052 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11053 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11054 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11055 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11056 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11057 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11058 /*NumParams=*/0, 11059 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11060 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11061 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11062 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11063 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11064 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11065 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11066 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11067 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11068 EST_None, 11069 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 11070 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11071 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11072 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11073 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11074 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11075 Loc, Loc, D), 11076 DS.getAttributes(), 11077 SourceLocation()); 11078 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11079 11080 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11081 11082 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11083 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11084 11085 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11086 FD->setImplicit(); 11087 11088 CurContext = PrevDC; 11089 11090 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11091 11092 return FD; 11093 } 11094 11095 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11096 /// the declaration of this function. 11097 /// 11098 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11099 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11100 /// like NSLog or printf. 11101 /// 11102 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11103 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11104 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11105 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11106 return; 11107 11108 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11109 // actual attributes. 11110 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11111 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11112 unsigned FormatIdx; 11113 bool HasVAListArg; 11114 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11115 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11116 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11117 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11118 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11119 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11120 fmt = "NSString"; 11121 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11122 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11123 FormatIdx+1, 11124 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11125 FD->getLocation())); 11126 } 11127 } 11128 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11129 HasVAListArg)) { 11130 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11131 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11132 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11133 FormatIdx+1, 11134 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11135 FD->getLocation())); 11136 } 11137 11138 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11139 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11140 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11141 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11142 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11143 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11144 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11145 } 11146 11147 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11148 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11149 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11150 FD->getLocation())); 11151 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11152 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11153 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11154 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11155 } 11156 11157 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11158 if (!Name) 11159 return; 11160 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11161 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11162 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11163 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11164 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11165 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11166 // about. 11167 } else 11168 return; 11169 11170 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11171 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11172 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11173 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11174 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11175 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11176 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11177 FD->getLocation())); 11178 } 11179 11180 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11181 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11182 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11183 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11184 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11185 FD->getLocation())); 11186 } 11187 } 11188 11189 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11190 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11191 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11192 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11193 11194 if (!TInfo) { 11195 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11196 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11197 } 11198 11199 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11200 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11201 D.getLocStart(), 11202 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11203 D.getIdentifier(), 11204 TInfo); 11205 11206 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11207 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11208 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11209 return NewTD; 11210 } 11211 11212 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11213 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11214 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11215 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11216 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11217 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11218 else 11219 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11220 } 11221 11222 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11223 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11224 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11225 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11226 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11227 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11228 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11229 case TST_enum: 11230 case TST_struct: 11231 case TST_interface: 11232 case TST_union: 11233 case TST_class: { 11234 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11235 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11236 break; 11237 } 11238 11239 default: 11240 break; 11241 } 11242 11243 return NewTD; 11244 } 11245 11246 11247 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11248 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11249 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11250 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11251 11252 if (T->isDependentType()) 11253 return false; 11254 11255 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11256 if (BT->isInteger()) 11257 return false; 11258 11259 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11260 return true; 11261 } 11262 11263 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11264 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11265 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 11266 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11267 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11268 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11269 11270 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11271 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11272 << Prev->isScoped(); 11273 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11274 return true; 11275 } 11276 11277 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11278 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11279 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11280 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11281 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11282 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11283 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11284 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11285 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11286 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11287 return true; 11288 } 11289 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11290 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11291 << Prev->isFixed(); 11292 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11293 return true; 11294 } 11295 11296 return false; 11297 } 11298 11299 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11300 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11301 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11302 /// 11303 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11304 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11305 switch (Tag) { 11306 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11307 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11308 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11309 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11310 } 11311 } 11312 11313 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11314 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11315 /// 11316 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11317 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11318 { 11319 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11320 } 11321 11322 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11323 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11324 /// 11325 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11326 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11327 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11328 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11329 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11330 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11331 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11332 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11333 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11334 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11335 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11336 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11337 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11338 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11339 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11340 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11341 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11342 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11343 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11344 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11345 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11346 return true; 11347 11348 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11349 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11350 bool isTemplate = false; 11351 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11352 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11353 11354 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11355 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11356 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11357 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11358 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11359 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11360 return true; 11361 } 11362 11363 if (isDefinition) { 11364 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11365 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11366 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11367 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11368 return true; 11369 } 11370 11371 bool previousMismatch = false; 11372 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11373 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11374 if (!previousMismatch) { 11375 previousMismatch = true; 11376 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11377 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11378 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11379 } 11380 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11381 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11382 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11383 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11384 } 11385 } 11386 return true; 11387 } 11388 11389 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11390 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11391 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11392 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11393 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11394 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11395 return true; 11396 } 11397 11398 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11399 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11400 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11401 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11402 11403 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11404 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11405 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11406 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11407 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11408 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11409 } 11410 11411 return true; 11412 } 11413 return false; 11414 } 11415 11416 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11417 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11418 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11419 /// namespace N { 11420 /// struct X; 11421 /// namespace M { 11422 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11423 /// } 11424 /// } 11425 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11426 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11427 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11428 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11429 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11430 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11431 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11432 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11433 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11434 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11435 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11436 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11437 return FixItHint(); 11438 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11439 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11440 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11441 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11442 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11443 break; 11444 } 11445 11446 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11447 // build an NNS. 11448 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11449 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11450 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11451 OS << "::"; 11452 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11453 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11454 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11455 OS.flush(); 11456 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11457 } 11458 11459 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 11460 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 11461 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 11462 /// using-declaration). 11463 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 11464 DeclContext *NewDC) { 11465 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 11466 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 11467 11468 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 11469 return true; 11470 11471 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 11472 // encloses the other). 11473 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 11474 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 11475 return true; 11476 11477 return false; 11478 } 11479 11480 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11481 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11482 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11483 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11484 /// 11485 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 11486 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11487 /// 11488 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 11489 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 11490 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11491 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11492 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11493 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11494 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11495 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11496 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11497 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11498 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11499 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11500 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11501 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11502 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11503 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11504 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11505 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11506 11507 OwnedDecl = false; 11508 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11509 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11510 11511 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11512 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11513 bool Invalid = false; 11514 11515 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11516 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11517 // for non-C++ cases. 11518 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11519 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11520 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11521 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11522 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11523 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11524 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11525 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11526 return nullptr; 11527 } 11528 11529 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11530 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11531 // be a member of another template). 11532 11533 if (Invalid) 11534 return nullptr; 11535 11536 OwnedDecl = false; 11537 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11538 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11539 TemplateParams, AS, 11540 ModulePrivateLoc, 11541 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11542 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11543 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 11544 SkipBody); 11545 return Result.get(); 11546 } else { 11547 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11548 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11549 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11550 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11551 } 11552 } 11553 } 11554 11555 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11556 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11557 // redeclaration. 11558 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11559 11560 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11561 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11562 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11563 // type, default to int. 11564 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11565 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11566 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11567 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11568 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11569 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11570 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11571 11572 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11573 // Recover by falling back to int. 11574 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11575 11576 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11577 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11578 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11579 11580 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11581 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11582 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11583 } 11584 11585 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11586 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11587 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11588 11589 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11590 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11591 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11592 11593 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11594 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11595 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11596 11597 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11598 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11599 Name = nullptr; 11600 goto CreateNewDecl; 11601 } 11602 11603 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11604 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11605 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11606 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11607 if (!DC) { 11608 IsDependent = true; 11609 return nullptr; 11610 } 11611 } else { 11612 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11613 if (!DC) { 11614 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11615 << SS.getRange(); 11616 return nullptr; 11617 } 11618 } 11619 11620 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11621 return nullptr; 11622 11623 SearchDC = DC; 11624 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11625 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11626 11627 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11628 return nullptr; 11629 11630 if (Previous.empty()) { 11631 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11632 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11633 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11634 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11635 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11636 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11637 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11638 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11639 IsDependent = true; 11640 return nullptr; 11641 } 11642 11643 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11644 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11645 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11646 Name = nullptr; 11647 Invalid = true; 11648 goto CreateNewDecl; 11649 } 11650 } else if (Name) { 11651 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 11652 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 11653 // name different from T: 11654 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 11655 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11656 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 11657 return nullptr; 11658 11659 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11660 // declaration or definition. 11661 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11662 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11663 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11664 LookupName(Previous, S); 11665 11666 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11667 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11668 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11669 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11670 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11671 while (F.hasNext()) { 11672 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11673 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11674 F.erase(); 11675 } 11676 F.done(); 11677 } 11678 11679 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11680 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11681 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11682 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11683 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11684 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11685 // 11686 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11687 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11688 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11689 // 11690 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11691 // semantic context? 11692 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11693 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11694 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11695 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11696 while (F.hasNext()) { 11697 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11698 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11699 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11700 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11701 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11702 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11703 else 11704 F.erase(); 11705 } 11706 } 11707 F.done(); 11708 11709 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11710 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11711 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11712 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11713 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11714 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11715 } 11716 } 11717 11718 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11719 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11720 return nullptr; 11721 11722 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11723 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11724 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11725 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11726 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11727 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11728 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11729 } 11730 } 11731 11732 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11733 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11734 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11735 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11736 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11737 Previous.clear(); 11738 } 11739 11740 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11741 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11742 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11743 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11744 11745 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11746 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11747 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11748 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11749 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11750 } 11751 } 11752 11753 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11754 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11755 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11756 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11757 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11758 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11759 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11760 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11761 11762 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11763 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11764 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11765 // 11766 // class-key identifier 11767 // 11768 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11769 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11770 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11771 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11772 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11773 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11774 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11775 // declaration. 11776 // 11777 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11778 // C structs and unions. 11779 // 11780 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11781 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11782 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11783 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11784 // 11785 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11786 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11787 // 11788 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11789 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11790 // lexical context, 11791 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11792 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11793 11794 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11795 while (S->isClassScope() || 11796 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11797 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11798 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11799 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11800 S = S->getParent(); 11801 } else { 11802 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11803 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11804 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11805 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11806 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11807 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11808 } 11809 11810 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11811 // diagnose some problems. 11812 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11813 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11814 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11815 } 11816 } 11817 11818 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 11819 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 11820 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 11821 11822 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11823 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11824 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11825 11826 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11827 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11828 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11829 // in C++. 11830 // 11831 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11832 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11833 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11834 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11835 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11836 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11837 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11838 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11839 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11840 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11841 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11842 PrevDecl = Tag; 11843 Previous.clear(); 11844 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11845 Previous.resolveKind(); 11846 } 11847 } 11848 } 11849 } 11850 11851 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 11852 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 11853 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 11854 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 11855 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 11856 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11857 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 11858 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 11859 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 11860 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 11861 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 11862 diag::note_using_decl_target); 11863 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 11864 << 0; 11865 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 11866 Previous.clear(); 11867 goto CreateNewDecl; 11868 } 11869 } 11870 11871 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11872 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11873 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11874 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11875 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11876 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11877 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11878 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11879 // struct or something similar. 11880 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11881 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11882 Name)) { 11883 bool SafeToContinue 11884 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11885 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11886 if (SafeToContinue) 11887 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11888 << Name 11889 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11890 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11891 else 11892 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11893 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11894 11895 if (SafeToContinue) 11896 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11897 else { 11898 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11899 Name = nullptr; 11900 Previous.clear(); 11901 Invalid = true; 11902 } 11903 } 11904 11905 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11906 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11907 11908 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11909 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11910 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11911 if (ScopedEnum) 11912 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11913 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11914 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11915 return PrevTagDecl; 11916 } 11917 11918 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11919 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11920 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11921 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11922 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11923 11924 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11925 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11926 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11927 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11928 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11929 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11930 } 11931 11932 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11933 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11934 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11935 // and then later defined. 11936 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11937 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11938 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11939 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11940 } 11941 11942 if (!Invalid) { 11943 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11944 // we have attributes. 11945 11946 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11947 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11948 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11949 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11950 if (!Attr && 11951 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11952 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11953 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11954 return PrevTagDecl; 11955 11956 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11957 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11958 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11959 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11960 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11961 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11962 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11963 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11964 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11965 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11966 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11967 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11968 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 11969 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11970 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11971 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11972 } 11973 11974 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 11975 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11976 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 11977 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 11978 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 11979 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 11980 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 11981 // use it in place of this one. 11982 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11983 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 11984 return Def; 11985 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 11986 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 11987 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 11988 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 11989 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 11990 else 11991 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 11992 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11993 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 11994 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 11995 // references get the previous definition. 11996 Name = nullptr; 11997 Previous.clear(); 11998 Invalid = true; 11999 } 12000 } else { 12001 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12002 // about a nested redefinition. 12003 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12004 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12005 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12006 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12007 diag::note_previous_definition); 12008 Name = nullptr; 12009 Previous.clear(); 12010 Invalid = true; 12011 } 12012 } 12013 12014 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12015 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12016 } 12017 12018 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12019 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12020 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12021 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12022 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12023 AS = AS_none; 12024 } 12025 } 12026 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12027 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12028 12029 } else { 12030 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12031 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12032 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12033 // have distinct types. 12034 Previous.clear(); 12035 } 12036 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12037 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12038 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12039 12040 12041 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12042 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12043 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12044 } else { 12045 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12046 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12047 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12048 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12049 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12050 unsigned Kind = 0; 12051 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12052 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12053 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12054 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12055 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12056 Invalid = true; 12057 12058 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12059 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12060 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12061 // do nothing 12062 12063 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12064 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12065 unsigned Kind = 0; 12066 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12067 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12068 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12069 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12070 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12071 Invalid = true; 12072 12073 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12074 // case here. 12075 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12076 unsigned Kind = 0; 12077 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12078 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12079 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12080 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12081 Invalid = true; 12082 12083 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12084 } else { 12085 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12086 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12087 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12088 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12089 Name = nullptr; 12090 Invalid = true; 12091 } 12092 12093 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12094 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12095 Previous.clear(); 12096 } 12097 } 12098 12099 CreateNewDecl: 12100 12101 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12102 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12103 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12104 12105 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12106 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12107 // keyword. 12108 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12109 12110 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12111 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12112 // PrevDecl. 12113 TagDecl *New; 12114 12115 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12116 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12117 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12118 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12119 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12120 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12121 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12122 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12123 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12124 TagDecl *Def; 12125 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12126 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12127 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12128 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12129 } 12130 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12131 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12132 << New; 12133 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12134 } else { 12135 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12136 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12137 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12138 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12139 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12140 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12141 12142 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12143 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12144 // the declaration context. 12145 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12146 IsForwardReference = true; 12147 } 12148 } 12149 12150 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12151 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12152 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12153 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12154 else 12155 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12156 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12157 } 12158 12159 } else { 12160 // struct/union/class 12161 12162 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12163 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12164 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12165 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12166 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12167 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12168 12169 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12170 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12171 } else 12172 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12173 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12174 } 12175 12176 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12177 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12178 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12179 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12180 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12181 Invalid = true; 12182 } 12183 12184 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12185 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12186 if (SS.isSet()) { 12187 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12188 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12189 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12190 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12191 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12192 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12193 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12194 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12195 Invalid = true; 12196 12197 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12198 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12199 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 12200 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 12201 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 12202 } 12203 } 12204 else 12205 Invalid = true; 12206 } 12207 12208 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12209 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12210 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12211 // 12212 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12213 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12214 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12215 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12216 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12217 // parsing of the struct). 12218 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12219 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12220 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12221 } 12222 } 12223 12224 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12225 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12226 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12227 << 2 12228 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12229 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12230 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12231 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12232 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12233 New->setModulePrivate(); 12234 } 12235 12236 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12237 // check the specialization. 12238 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12239 Invalid = true; 12240 12241 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12242 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12243 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12244 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12245 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12246 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12247 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12248 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12249 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12250 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12251 << Name; 12252 Invalid = true; 12253 } 12254 } else { 12255 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12256 } 12257 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12258 } 12259 12260 if (Invalid) 12261 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12262 12263 if (Attr) 12264 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12265 12266 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12267 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12268 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12269 12270 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12271 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12272 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12273 // the tag name visible. 12274 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12275 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12276 12277 // Set the access specifier. 12278 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12279 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12280 12281 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12282 New->startDefinition(); 12283 12284 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12285 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12286 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12287 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12288 if (PrevDecl) 12289 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12290 12291 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12292 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12293 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12294 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12295 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12296 } else if (Name) { 12297 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12298 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12299 if (IsForwardReference) 12300 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12301 12302 } else { 12303 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12304 } 12305 12306 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12307 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12308 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12309 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12310 II->isStr("FILE")) 12311 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12312 12313 if (PrevDecl) 12314 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12315 12316 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12317 // record. 12318 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12319 12320 OwnedDecl = true; 12321 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12322 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12323 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12324 } 12325 12326 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12327 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12328 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12329 12330 // Enter the tag context. 12331 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12332 12333 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12334 12335 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12336 // record. 12337 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12338 } 12339 12340 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12341 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12342 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12343 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12344 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12345 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12346 CurContext = OCD; 12347 return IDecl; 12348 } 12349 12350 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12351 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12352 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12353 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12354 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12355 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12356 12357 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12358 12359 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12360 return; 12361 12362 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12363 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12364 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12365 12366 // C++ [class]p2: 12367 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12368 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12369 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12370 // as if it were a public member name. 12371 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12372 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12373 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12374 Record->getIdentifier(), 12375 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12376 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12377 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12378 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12379 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12380 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12381 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12382 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12383 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12384 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12385 } 12386 12387 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12388 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12389 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12390 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12391 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12392 12393 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12394 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12395 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12396 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12397 RD->completeDefinition(); 12398 } 12399 12400 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12401 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12402 12403 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12404 PopDeclContext(); 12405 12406 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12407 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12408 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12409 12410 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12411 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12412 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12413 } 12414 12415 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12416 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12417 PopDeclContext(); 12418 } 12419 12420 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12421 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12422 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12423 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12424 } 12425 12426 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12427 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12428 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12429 } 12430 12431 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12432 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12433 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12434 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12435 12436 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12437 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12438 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12439 RD->completeDefinition(); 12440 } 12441 12442 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12443 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12444 // the FieldCollector. 12445 12446 PopDeclContext(); 12447 } 12448 12449 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12450 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12451 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12452 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12453 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12454 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12455 if (ZeroWidth) 12456 *ZeroWidth = true; 12457 12458 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12459 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12460 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12461 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12462 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12463 return ExprError(); 12464 if (FieldName) 12465 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12466 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12467 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12468 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12469 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12470 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12471 return ExprError(); 12472 12473 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12474 // it now. 12475 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12476 return BitWidth; 12477 12478 llvm::APSInt Value; 12479 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12480 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12481 return ICE; 12482 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12483 12484 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12485 *ZeroWidth = false; 12486 12487 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12488 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12489 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12490 12491 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12492 if (FieldName) 12493 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12494 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12495 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12496 << Value.toString(10); 12497 } 12498 12499 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12500 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12501 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 12502 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 12503 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12504 if (FieldName) 12505 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12506 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12507 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12508 12509 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12510 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12511 } 12512 12513 if (FieldName) 12514 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12515 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12516 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12517 else 12518 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12519 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12520 } 12521 } 12522 12523 return BitWidth; 12524 } 12525 12526 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12527 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12528 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12529 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12530 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12531 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12532 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12533 return Res; 12534 } 12535 12536 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12537 /// 12538 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12539 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12540 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12541 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12542 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12543 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12544 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12545 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12546 12547 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12548 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12549 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12550 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12551 12552 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12553 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12554 D.setInvalidType(); 12555 T = Context.IntTy; 12556 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12557 } 12558 } 12559 12560 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12561 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12562 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12563 D.setInvalidType(); 12564 } 12565 12566 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12567 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12568 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12569 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12570 D.setInvalidType(); 12571 } 12572 12573 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12574 12575 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12576 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12577 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12578 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12579 12580 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12581 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12582 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12583 LookupName(Previous, S); 12584 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12585 case LookupResult::Found: 12586 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12587 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12588 break; 12589 12590 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12591 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12592 break; 12593 12594 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12595 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12596 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12597 break; 12598 } 12599 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12600 12601 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12602 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12603 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12604 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12605 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12606 } 12607 12608 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12609 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12610 12611 bool Mutable 12612 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12613 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12614 FieldDecl *NewFD 12615 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12616 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12617 12618 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12619 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12620 12621 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12622 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12623 12624 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12625 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12626 // with the same name in the same scope. 12627 } else if (II) { 12628 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12629 } else 12630 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12631 12632 return NewFD; 12633 } 12634 12635 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12636 /// 12637 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12638 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12639 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12640 /// created. 12641 /// 12642 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12643 /// 12644 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12645 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12646 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12647 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12648 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12649 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12650 SourceLocation TSSL, 12651 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12652 Declarator *D) { 12653 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12654 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12655 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12656 12657 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12658 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12659 if (T.isNull()) { 12660 InvalidDecl = true; 12661 T = Context.IntTy; 12662 } 12663 12664 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12665 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12666 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12667 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12668 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12669 InvalidDecl = true; 12670 } else { 12671 NamedDecl *Def; 12672 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12673 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12674 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12675 InvalidDecl = true; 12676 } 12677 } 12678 } 12679 12680 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12681 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12682 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12683 InvalidDecl = true; 12684 } 12685 12686 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12687 // than a variably modified type. 12688 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12689 bool SizeIsNegative; 12690 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12691 12692 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12693 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12694 SizeIsNegative, 12695 Oversized); 12696 if (FixedTInfo) { 12697 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12698 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12699 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12700 } else { 12701 if (SizeIsNegative) 12702 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12703 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12704 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12705 << Oversized.toString(10); 12706 else 12707 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12708 InvalidDecl = true; 12709 } 12710 } 12711 12712 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12713 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12714 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12715 AbstractFieldType)) 12716 InvalidDecl = true; 12717 12718 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12719 if (InvalidDecl) 12720 BitWidth = nullptr; 12721 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12722 if (BitWidth) { 12723 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12724 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12725 if (!BitWidth) { 12726 InvalidDecl = true; 12727 BitWidth = nullptr; 12728 ZeroWidth = false; 12729 } 12730 } 12731 12732 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12733 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12734 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12735 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12736 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 12737 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 12738 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12739 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12740 12741 if (DiagID) { 12742 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12743 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12744 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12745 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12746 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 12747 Mutable = false; 12748 InvalidDecl = true; 12749 } 12750 } 12751 } 12752 12753 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12754 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12755 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12756 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12757 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12758 12759 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12760 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12761 if (InvalidDecl) 12762 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12763 12764 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12765 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12766 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12767 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12768 } 12769 12770 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12771 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12772 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12773 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12774 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12775 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12776 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12777 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12778 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12779 // objects. 12780 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12781 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12782 } 12783 } 12784 12785 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12786 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12787 // enabled. 12788 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12789 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12790 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12791 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12792 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12793 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12794 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12795 } 12796 } 12797 } 12798 12799 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12800 // representation, not a parser representation. 12801 if (D) { 12802 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12803 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12804 12805 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12806 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12807 } 12808 12809 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12810 // retainable type. 12811 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12812 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12813 12814 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12815 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12816 12817 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12818 return NewFD; 12819 } 12820 12821 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12822 assert(FD); 12823 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12824 12825 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12826 return false; 12827 12828 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12829 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12830 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12831 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12832 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12833 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12834 // copy constructors. 12835 12836 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12837 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12838 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12839 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12840 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12841 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12842 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12843 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12844 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12845 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12846 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12847 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12848 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12849 member = CXXDestructor; 12850 12851 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12852 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12853 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12854 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12855 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12856 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12857 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12858 // members unavailable. 12859 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12860 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12861 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12862 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12863 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12864 Loc)); 12865 return false; 12866 } 12867 } 12868 12869 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12870 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12871 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12872 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12873 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12874 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12875 } 12876 } 12877 } 12878 12879 return false; 12880 } 12881 12882 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12883 /// AST enum value. 12884 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12885 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12886 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12887 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12888 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12889 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12890 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12891 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12892 } 12893 } 12894 12895 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12896 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12897 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12898 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12899 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12900 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12901 12902 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12903 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12904 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12905 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12906 12907 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12908 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12909 12910 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12911 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12912 12913 if (BitWidth) { 12914 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12915 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12916 if (!BitWidth) 12917 D.setInvalidType(); 12918 } else { 12919 // Not a bitfield. 12920 12921 // validate II. 12922 12923 } 12924 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12925 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12926 D.setInvalidType(); 12927 } 12928 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12929 // than a variably modified type. 12930 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12931 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12932 D.setInvalidType(); 12933 } 12934 12935 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12936 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12937 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12938 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12939 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12940 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12941 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12942 return nullptr; 12943 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12944 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12945 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12946 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12947 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12948 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12949 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12950 } 12951 else 12952 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12953 } else { 12954 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12955 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12956 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12957 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12958 return nullptr; 12959 } 12960 } 12961 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12962 } 12963 12964 // Construct the decl. 12965 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12966 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12967 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 12968 12969 if (II) { 12970 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 12971 ForRedeclaration); 12972 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 12973 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12974 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12975 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12976 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12977 } 12978 } 12979 12980 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 12981 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 12982 12983 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12984 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12985 12986 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 12987 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 12988 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12989 12990 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12991 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 12992 12993 if (II) { 12994 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 12995 // these to the interface. 12996 S->AddDecl(NewID); 12997 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 12998 } 12999 13000 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13001 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13002 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13003 13004 return NewID; 13005 } 13006 13007 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13008 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13009 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13010 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13011 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13012 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13013 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13014 return; 13015 13016 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13017 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13018 13019 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13020 return; 13021 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13022 if (!ID) { 13023 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13024 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13025 return; 13026 } 13027 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13028 else 13029 return; 13030 } 13031 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13032 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13033 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13034 13035 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13036 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13037 Context.CharTy, 13038 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13039 DeclLoc), 13040 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13041 true); 13042 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13043 } 13044 13045 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13046 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13047 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13048 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13049 13050 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13051 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13052 // it will now change. 13053 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13054 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13055 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13056 default: break; 13057 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13058 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13059 break; 13060 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13061 Context. 13062 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13063 break; 13064 } 13065 } 13066 13067 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13068 13069 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13070 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13071 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13072 if (Record) { 13073 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13074 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13075 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13076 ++NumNamedMembers; 13077 } 13078 } 13079 13080 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13081 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13082 13083 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13084 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13085 i != end; ++i) { 13086 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13087 13088 // Get the type for the field. 13089 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13090 13091 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13092 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13093 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13094 } 13095 13096 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13097 // diagnostics about it. 13098 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13099 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13100 continue; 13101 } 13102 13103 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13104 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13105 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13106 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13107 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13108 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13109 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13110 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13111 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13112 // array. 13113 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13114 // Field declared as a function. 13115 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13116 << FD->getDeclName(); 13117 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13118 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13119 continue; 13120 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13121 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13122 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13123 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13124 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13125 // Flexible array member. 13126 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13127 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13128 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13129 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13130 if (Record->isUnion()) 13131 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13132 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13133 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13134 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13135 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13136 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13137 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13138 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13139 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13140 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13141 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13142 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13143 : 0; 13144 13145 if (DiagID) 13146 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13147 << Record->getTagKind(); 13148 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13149 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13150 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13151 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13152 // of the type. 13153 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13154 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13155 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13156 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13157 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13158 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13159 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13160 13161 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13162 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13163 // 13164 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13165 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13166 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13167 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13168 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13169 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13170 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13171 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13172 continue; 13173 } 13174 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13175 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13176 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13177 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13178 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13179 // Incomplete type 13180 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13181 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13182 continue; 13183 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13184 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13185 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13186 // flexible array member. 13187 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13188 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13189 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13190 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13191 // structures. 13192 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13193 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13194 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13195 else { 13196 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13197 // other structs as an extension. 13198 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13199 << FD->getDeclName(); 13200 } 13201 } 13202 } 13203 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13204 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13205 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13206 AbstractIvarType)) { 13207 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13208 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13209 } 13210 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13211 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13212 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13213 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13214 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13215 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13216 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13217 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13218 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13219 FD->setType(T); 13220 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13221 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13222 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13223 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13224 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13225 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13226 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13227 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13228 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13229 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13230 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13231 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13232 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13233 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13234 "this system field has retaining ownership", 13235 loc)); 13236 } 13237 } else { 13238 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13239 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13240 } 13241 ARCErrReported = true; 13242 } 13243 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13244 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13245 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13246 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13247 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13248 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13249 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13250 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13251 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13252 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13253 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13254 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13255 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13256 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13257 } 13258 } 13259 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13260 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13261 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13262 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13263 ++NumNamedMembers; 13264 } 13265 13266 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13267 if (Record) { 13268 bool Completed = false; 13269 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13270 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13271 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13272 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13273 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13274 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13275 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13276 13277 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13278 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13279 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13280 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13281 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13282 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13283 } 13284 13285 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13286 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13287 13288 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13289 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13290 // problem now. 13291 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13292 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13293 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13294 13295 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13296 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13297 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13298 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13299 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13300 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13301 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13302 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13303 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13304 continue; 13305 13306 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13307 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13308 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13309 // program is ill-formed. 13310 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13311 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13312 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13313 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13314 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13315 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13316 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13317 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13318 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13319 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13320 13321 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13322 } 13323 } 13324 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13325 Completed = true; 13326 } 13327 } 13328 } 13329 } 13330 13331 if (!Completed) 13332 Record->completeDefinition(); 13333 13334 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13335 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13336 13337 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13338 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13339 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13340 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13341 } 13342 13343 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13344 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13345 // compatibility problems. 13346 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13347 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13348 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13349 } else { 13350 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13351 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13352 CheckForZeroSize = 13353 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13354 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13355 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13356 } 13357 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13358 bool ZeroSize = true; 13359 bool IsEmpty = true; 13360 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13361 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13362 E = Record->field_end(); 13363 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13364 IsEmpty = false; 13365 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13366 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13367 ZeroSize = false; 13368 } else { 13369 ++NonBitFields; 13370 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13371 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13372 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13373 ZeroSize = false; 13374 } 13375 } 13376 13377 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13378 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13379 // extern "C" block. 13380 if (ZeroSize) { 13381 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13382 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13383 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13384 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13385 } 13386 13387 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13388 // but are accepted by GCC. 13389 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13390 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13391 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13392 << Record->isUnion(); 13393 } 13394 } 13395 } else { 13396 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13397 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13398 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13399 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13400 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13401 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13402 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13403 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13404 } 13405 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13406 // duplicates. 13407 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13408 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13409 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13410 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13411 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13412 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13413 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13414 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13415 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13416 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13417 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13418 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13419 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13420 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13421 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13422 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13423 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13424 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13425 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13426 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13427 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13428 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13429 if (IDecl) { 13430 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13431 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13432 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13433 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13434 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13435 continue; 13436 } 13437 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13438 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13439 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13440 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13441 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13442 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13443 continue; 13444 } 13445 } 13446 } 13447 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13448 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13449 } 13450 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13451 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13452 } 13453 } 13454 13455 if (Attr) 13456 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13457 } 13458 13459 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13460 /// the given type T. 13461 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13462 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13463 QualType T) { 13464 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13465 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13466 13467 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13468 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13469 --BitWidth; 13470 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13471 } 13472 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13473 } 13474 13475 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13476 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13477 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13478 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13479 // enum checking below. 13480 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13481 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13482 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13483 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13484 }; 13485 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13486 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13487 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13488 }; 13489 13490 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13491 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13492 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13493 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13494 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13495 return Types[I]; 13496 13497 return QualType(); 13498 } 13499 13500 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13501 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13502 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13503 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13504 Expr *Val) { 13505 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13506 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13507 QualType EltTy; 13508 13509 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13510 Val = nullptr; 13511 13512 if (Val) 13513 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13514 13515 if (Val) { 13516 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13517 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13518 else { 13519 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13520 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13521 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13522 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13523 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13524 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13525 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13526 ExprResult Converted = 13527 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13528 CCEK_Enumerator); 13529 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13530 Val = nullptr; 13531 else 13532 Val = Converted.get(); 13533 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13534 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13535 &EnumVal).get())) { 13536 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13537 } else { 13538 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13539 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13540 13541 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13542 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13543 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13544 // expression checking. 13545 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13546 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13547 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13548 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13549 } else 13550 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13551 } else 13552 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13553 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13554 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13555 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13556 // is the type of its initializing value: 13557 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13558 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13559 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13560 } else { 13561 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13562 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13563 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13564 // representable as an int. 13565 13566 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13567 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13568 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13569 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13570 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13571 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13572 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13573 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13574 } 13575 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13576 } 13577 } 13578 } 13579 } 13580 13581 if (!Val) { 13582 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13583 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13584 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13585 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13586 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13587 // is the type of its initializing value: 13588 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13589 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13590 // 13591 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13592 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13593 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13594 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13595 } 13596 else { 13597 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13598 } 13599 } else { 13600 // Assign the last value + 1. 13601 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13602 ++EnumVal; 13603 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13604 13605 // Check for overflow on increment. 13606 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13607 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13608 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13609 // is the type of its initializing value: 13610 // 13611 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13612 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13613 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13614 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13615 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13616 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13617 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13618 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13619 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13620 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13621 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13622 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13623 ++EnumVal; 13624 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13625 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13626 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13627 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13628 << EltTy; 13629 else 13630 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13631 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13632 } else { 13633 EltTy = T; 13634 } 13635 13636 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13637 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13638 // value, then increment. 13639 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13640 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13641 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13642 ++EnumVal; 13643 13644 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13645 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13646 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13647 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13648 // integral type. 13649 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13650 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13651 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13652 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13653 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13654 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13655 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13656 } 13657 } 13658 } 13659 13660 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13661 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13662 // enumerator's type. 13663 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13664 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13665 } 13666 13667 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13668 Val, EnumVal); 13669 } 13670 13671 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 13672 SourceLocation IILoc) { 13673 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 13674 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13675 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13676 13677 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 13678 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 13679 // skip the body. 13680 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13681 ForRedeclaration); 13682 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 13683 NamedDecl *Hidden; 13684 if (PrevECD && 13685 !hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()), 13686 &Hidden)) { 13687 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 13688 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 13689 return Skip; 13690 } 13691 13692 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13693 } 13694 13695 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13696 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13697 AttributeList *Attr, 13698 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13699 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13700 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13701 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13702 13703 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13704 // we find one that is. 13705 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13706 13707 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13708 // scope. 13709 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13710 ForRedeclaration); 13711 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13712 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13713 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13714 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13715 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13716 } 13717 13718 if (PrevDecl) { 13719 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13720 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13721 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13722 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13723 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13724 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13725 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13726 else 13727 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13728 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13729 return nullptr; 13730 } 13731 } 13732 13733 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13734 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13735 // different from T: 13736 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13737 // enumerated type 13738 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 13739 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 13740 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 13741 13742 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13743 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13744 13745 if (New) { 13746 // Process attributes. 13747 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13748 13749 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13750 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13751 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13752 } 13753 13754 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13755 13756 return New; 13757 } 13758 13759 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13760 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13761 // Element2 = Element1 13762 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13763 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13764 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13765 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13766 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13767 if (!InitExpr) 13768 return true; 13769 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13770 13771 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13772 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13773 return true; 13774 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13775 if (!IL) 13776 return true; 13777 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13778 return true; 13779 13780 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13781 } 13782 13783 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13784 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13785 if (!DRE) 13786 return true; 13787 13788 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13789 if (!EnumConstant) 13790 return true; 13791 13792 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13793 Enum) 13794 return true; 13795 13796 return false; 13797 } 13798 13799 struct DupKey { 13800 int64_t val; 13801 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13802 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13803 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13804 }; 13805 13806 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13807 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13808 false); 13809 } 13810 13811 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13812 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13813 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13814 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13815 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13816 } 13817 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13818 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13819 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13820 } 13821 }; 13822 13823 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13824 // a previous element has already been set to. 13825 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13826 EnumDecl *Enum, 13827 QualType EnumType) { 13828 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13829 return; 13830 // Avoid anonymous enums 13831 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13832 return; 13833 13834 // Only check for small enums. 13835 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13836 return; 13837 13838 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13839 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13840 13841 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13842 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13843 ValueToVectorMap; 13844 13845 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13846 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13847 13848 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13849 // an initialier. 13850 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13851 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13852 13853 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13854 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13855 if (!ECD) { 13856 return; 13857 } 13858 13859 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13860 continue; 13861 13862 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13863 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13864 13865 // First time encountering this value. 13866 if (Entry.isNull()) 13867 Entry = ECD; 13868 } 13869 13870 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13871 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13872 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13873 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13874 continue; 13875 13876 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13877 13878 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13879 if (Entry.isNull()) 13880 continue; 13881 13882 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13883 // Ensure constants are different. 13884 if (D == ECD) 13885 continue; 13886 13887 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13888 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13889 Vec->push_back(D); 13890 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13891 13892 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13893 Entry = Vec; 13894 13895 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13896 // diagnostics. 13897 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13898 continue; 13899 } 13900 13901 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13902 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13903 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13904 continue; 13905 13906 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13907 } 13908 13909 // Emit diagnostics. 13910 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13911 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13912 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13913 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13914 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13915 13916 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13917 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13918 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13919 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13920 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13921 ++I; 13922 13923 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13924 // the same value. 13925 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13926 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13927 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13928 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13929 delete Vec; 13930 } 13931 } 13932 13933 bool 13934 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 13935 bool AllowMask) const { 13936 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13937 assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 13938 13939 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits(); 13940 unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth(); 13941 13942 // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first. 13943 llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width); 13944 13945 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 13946 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 13947 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 13948 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 13949 // 13950 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 13951 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 13952 // likely a logic error. 13953 if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal)) 13954 return true; 13955 13956 if (AllowMask) { 13957 // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider 13958 // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums. 13959 // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the 13960 // benefit of the doubt. 13961 // 13962 // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended 13963 // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types 13964 // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't 13965 // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases, 13966 // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may 13967 // be fine just to accept this as a warning. 13968 ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth()); 13969 if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal)) 13970 return true; 13971 } 13972 13973 return false; 13974 } 13975 13976 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 13977 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 13978 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13979 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 13980 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 13981 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 13982 13983 if (Attr) 13984 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 13985 13986 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 13987 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13988 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13989 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13990 if (!ECD) continue; 13991 13992 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13993 } 13994 13995 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 13996 return; 13997 } 13998 13999 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14000 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14001 // emit a warning. 14002 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14003 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14004 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14005 14006 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14007 // reverse the list. 14008 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14009 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14010 14011 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14012 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14013 14014 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14015 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14016 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14017 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14018 14019 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14020 14021 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14022 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14023 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14024 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14025 else 14026 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14027 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14028 14029 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14030 if (AllElementsInt) 14031 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14032 } 14033 14034 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14035 QualType BestType; 14036 unsigned BestWidth; 14037 14038 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14039 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14040 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14041 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14042 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14043 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14044 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14045 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14046 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14047 QualType BestPromotionType; 14048 14049 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14050 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14051 // enum definitions. 14052 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14053 Packed = true; 14054 14055 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14056 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14057 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14058 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14059 else 14060 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14061 14062 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14063 } 14064 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14065 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14066 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14067 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14068 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14069 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14070 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14071 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14072 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14073 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14074 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14075 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14076 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14077 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14078 } else { 14079 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14080 14081 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14082 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14083 } else { 14084 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14085 14086 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14087 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14088 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14089 } 14090 } 14091 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14092 } else { 14093 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14094 // all of the enumerator values. 14095 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14096 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14097 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14098 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14099 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14100 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14101 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14102 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14103 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14104 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14105 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14106 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14107 BestPromotionType 14108 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14109 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14110 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14111 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14112 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14113 BestPromotionType 14114 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14115 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14116 } else { 14117 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14118 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14119 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14120 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14121 BestPromotionType 14122 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14123 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14124 } 14125 } 14126 14127 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 14128 if (FEAttr) 14129 FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0); 14130 14131 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14132 // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the 14133 // FlagBits cache. 14134 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14135 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14136 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14137 14138 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14139 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14140 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14141 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14142 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14143 14144 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14145 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14146 14147 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14148 // the enum decl type. 14149 QualType NewTy; 14150 unsigned NewWidth; 14151 bool NewSign; 14152 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14153 !Enum->isFixed() && 14154 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14155 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14156 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14157 NewSign = true; 14158 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14159 // Already the right type! 14160 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14161 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14162 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14163 // enumeration. 14164 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14165 goto flagbits; 14166 } else { 14167 NewTy = BestType; 14168 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14169 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14170 } 14171 14172 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14173 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14174 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14175 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14176 14177 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14178 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14179 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14180 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14181 CK_IntegralCast, 14182 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14183 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14184 VK_RValue)); 14185 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14186 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14187 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14188 // enumeration. 14189 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14190 else 14191 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14192 14193 flagbits: 14194 // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x 14195 // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set. 14196 if (FEAttr) { 14197 llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth); 14198 if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) { 14199 FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal; 14200 } 14201 } 14202 } 14203 14204 if (FEAttr) { 14205 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14206 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14207 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14208 14209 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14210 if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14211 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14212 << ECD << Enum; 14213 } 14214 } 14215 14216 14217 14218 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14219 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14220 14221 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14222 14223 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14224 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14225 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14226 } 14227 14228 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14229 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14230 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14231 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14232 14233 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14234 AsmString, StartLoc, 14235 EndLoc); 14236 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14237 return New; 14238 } 14239 14240 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14241 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14242 DeclContext *DC) { 14243 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14244 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14245 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14246 if (!M->IsExternC) { 14247 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 14248 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14249 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14250 return; 14251 } 14252 break; 14253 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14254 break; 14255 } 14256 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14257 } 14258 14259 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14260 DC = DC->getParent(); 14261 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14262 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 14263 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14264 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14265 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 14266 << DC; 14267 } 14268 } 14269 14270 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14271 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14272 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14273 Module *Mod = 14274 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14275 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14276 if (!Mod) 14277 return true; 14278 14279 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14280 14281 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14282 14283 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14284 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14285 // silently ignoring the import. 14286 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14287 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 14288 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14289 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 14290 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14291 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 14292 14293 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14294 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14295 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14296 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14297 // We need the length to be consistent. 14298 if (!ModCheck) 14299 break; 14300 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14301 14302 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14303 } 14304 14305 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14306 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14307 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14308 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14309 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14310 return Import; 14311 } 14312 14313 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14314 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14315 14316 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14317 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14318 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14319 // 14320 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14321 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14322 TUKind == TU_Module && 14323 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14324 14325 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14326 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14327 if (!IsInModuleIncludes) { 14328 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14329 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14330 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14331 DirectiveLoc); 14332 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14333 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14334 } 14335 14336 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14337 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14338 } 14339 14340 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14341 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14342 14343 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 14344 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 14345 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14346 } 14347 14348 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14349 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14350 14351 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 14352 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 14353 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 14354 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14355 } 14356 } 14357 14358 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14359 Module *Mod) { 14360 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14361 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14362 return; 14363 14364 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14365 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14366 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14367 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14368 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14369 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14370 14371 // Make the module visible. 14372 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14373 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 14374 } 14375 14376 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14377 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14378 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14379 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14380 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14381 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14382 LookupOrdinaryName); 14383 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 14384 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 14385 14386 // If a declaration that: 14387 // 1) declares a function or a variable 14388 // 2) has external linkage 14389 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 14390 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14391 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 14392 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14393 else 14394 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 14395 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 14396 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 14397 } else 14398 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 14399 } 14400 14401 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14402 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14403 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14404 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14405 14406 if (PrevDecl) { 14407 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14408 } else { 14409 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14410 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14411 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14412 } 14413 } 14414 14415 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14416 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14417 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14418 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14419 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14420 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14421 LookupOrdinaryName); 14422 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14423 14424 if (PrevDecl) { 14425 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14426 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14427 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14428 } else { 14429 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14430 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14431 } 14432 } 14433 14434 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14435 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14436 } 14437 14438 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14439 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14440 if (!D) 14441 return AR_Available; 14442 14443 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14444 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14445 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14446 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14447 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14448 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14449 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14450 if (R != AR_Available) 14451 return R; 14452 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14453 } 14454 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14455 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14456 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14457 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14458 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14459 } 14460 // Recover from user error. 14461 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14462 } 14463